REGISTERED No. D. (D)—72
The Gazette of India
EXTRAORDINARY
PART II—Section 3—Sub-section (i)
PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY
No. 158]
NEW DELHI, THURSDAY, APRIL 23, 1981/VAISAKHA 3, 1903
Separate paging is given to this Part in order that it may be filed as a separate
compilation
97 GI/81—1
(699)
700
THE GAZETTE OF TNDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
701
702
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EX TRAORDJNARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
703,
704
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART IF—SEC. 3(i)]
705
706
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
|PART II--SEC. 3(0]
707
97OI/S1-2
708
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
LPART II—SEC. 3(i)]
709
7 1 0
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
711
7J2
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]<
713
714
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SFC. 3(i)]
715
97 GI/81—3
716
THE GAZETTE OI" INDIA : 15X1 RAOKDINARV
[PARI II--SEC. 3(i)J
717
/Ik
THE GAZETrE Of- INDIA . EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC
3(I)J
719
7-°
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
721
ni
THE GAZETrE OF INDIA ; EXTRAORDINARY
[PAPT IT- SEC 3(01
721
97 GI/R1-4
724
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART If—SEC. 3(i)]
725
726
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3fi)]
727
728
TfrE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
729
730
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
731
97 GI/81—5
732
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART TI—SEC. 3(i)]
733
734
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
735
736
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
737
738
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
739
97 QI/81—6
740
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PAKT II—SEC 3(0]
741
742
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)l
743
744
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART H—SEC. 3(i)]
745
746
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
747
97 GI/81-7
748
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)J
749
750
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
751
752
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)j
753
754
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC 3(0]
755
97GI/81-8
756
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)l
757
758
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
759
7fiO
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA-: EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
1G\
762
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART U—SEC. 3(i)]
763
97 GiySl—9
764
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
165
766
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
767
7 6 8
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
769
770
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART H—SEC. 3(i)]
771
772
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC, 3CD]
773
774
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
775
7
7
6
T
H
E
G
A
Z
E
T
T
E
O
F
I
N
D
I
A
.
•
E
X
T
R
A
O
R
D
I
N
A
R
Y
[
P
A
R
T
I
I
—
S
E
C
.
3
(
i
)
]
777
778
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
77<>
97GI/81—11
780
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
781
782
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)J
783
784
THE (jAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC 3(i)]
785
7Rfi
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
MINISTRY OF INDUSTRY
(Department of Industrial Development)
NOTIFICATION
New Delhi, (he 23rd Apiil, 1981
G S R 305(E).—The following draft of certain rules which
the Central Government proposes to make in exercise of
the powers conferred by sections 5 and 7 of the Explosives
Act, 1884 (4 of 1884) is hereby published as required by
sub-section (1) of section 18 of the aaid Act for the infor-
mation of all persons likely to be affected thereby and notice
is hereby Kiven that the said draft shall be taken into con-
sideration 45 days after the Gazette containing this notifica-
tion is made available to the public.
Any objections or suggestions received from any prison
with respect to the said draft before the date so specified will
be considered by the Central Government.
DRAFT EXPLOSIVES RULES 1981
CHAPTER T
1. Short title and commencement.—These lulec may be
called the Explosives Rules 198J.
2. Definitions.—In these rules, unless the context other-
wise requires,—
(1) "Act" means the Explosives Act, 1884 (4 of 1884);
(2) "authorised explosives" means any explosive included
in the list attached to these rules;
(31 "Chief Controller" means Chief Controllei of Ex-
plosives :
(4) "competent person" means a pcison lecogniscd by
the Chief Controller to be a competent pcison ;
15) "conservator" includes any person acting under the
authority of the officer or body of persons appointed
to be Conservator of a port under section 7 of the
Tndinn Ports Act, 1908 (15 of 1908);
(6) "Controlk-i" includes Dy. ChieF Controller of Ex-
plosives and Dy. Controllei of Explosives ;
(7) "detonatoi" means a small tube of aluminium or
copper or other materials approved by the Chief
Controller—•
(A) one end of which is closed and the other—
(i) left open for the insertion of safety fuse for the
purpose of initiating explosion within the tube;
01
(ii) fitted with wire or other device for that purpose
and scaled ; and
(b) which is loaded with a charge of fulminate class
explosive, the chare being so designed as to
produce an explosion that would
communicate
to other tube similarly constructed nnd charged ;
(8) "Form" means n form specified in Schedule V ;
(9) "licensablc capacity" in relation to a magazine means
2/3rd the full capacity of the magazine leckoned
on the basis of the floor area and required safety
zone all round such magazine ;
HO) "licensed factory"' means a factory in respect of
which a licence issued under these rules is in
force;
^
(11) "licensed magazine" means a magazine in respect of
which a licence issued under these rules is in force;
(12) "licensed store houso" means a store house in res-
pect of which a licence issued under these rales is
in force ;
(13) "magazine" means a building specially constructed
in accordance with a design approved by the Chief
Controller and intended for storage of more than
2.5 kg. of explosives other than safety fuse, fire-
works or liquid oxygen explosive ;
(14) "permitted explosives'" means authorised explosives
which arc permitted by the Director General, Mines
Safety, to be used in underground coal mines ;
(.15) "prohibited explosives" means explosives which are
prohibited by the Central Government under section
6 of the Act ;
(16) "protected woiks" includes—
(a) buildings in which persons dwell, work or assem-
ble, college, school, hospital,
theatre,
cinema
house, factory, place of storage
of hazardous
substances ;
(b) any public road or niilwpy line or navigable water
ways ;
(c) overhead Imnk high tension power lines ;
but does not include footpaths, cart liacks, agri-
cultural weIN and pump sets connected therewith;
(17) "safety cartridge" means a cartridge for small arms
having a diameter not exceeding 2.5 cms. the case
of which can be extracted foi the small-arms after
firing and which is so closed as to prevent any ex-
plosion in one cartridge being communicated to
other cartridges ;
(18) "safety iuse"' means a fuse for igniting charges of
other explosives which burns and does not explode,
and which does not contain its own means of igni-
tion, and which is of such strength and construction
787
srd contains an e\ploslvc in such quantity that the
burning of such fuse would not joinmunicate later-
ally with other like fuies;
(19) "safety zone" means the
lone necessary for tho
maintenance of the distances required under the
conditions of a licence to be kept clear between any
factoiy shed, mngazine or store house and protected
works ;
(20) "Schedule" means a Schedule annexed to these rules;
(21) "small-arm nitro-compound" means nitro-compound
adapted und intended exclusively for use in caitridges
for small-aims ;
(22) "store house" means a building other than a maga-
zine for keeping explosives ;
(23) "testing offker" means such officer as the Central
Government may appoint in this behalf;
(24) "transport" means movement of explosives from
one place to another by land, sea of air in India ;
(25) "transfer" with its grammatical variations and cog-
nate expressions, includes letting on hire, lending,
Riving and parting with possession ;
(26) "van" means a mechanically propelled vehicle for
transport of explosives by land.
3. Classification of explosives.—(1) For the purpose of
these rules explosives shall be classified in the manner speci-
fied in Schedule T.
(2) If any explosive falls within the limits of ilore than
one class as defined in Schedule I, it shall be deemed to be-
long exclusively to the last in number of such classes.
4. Safety distance categories of explosives.—
* (1) Explosives are divided into four categories according
to the risks which they present
when initiated,
namely :—
(i) Category X—Those explosives which have a fire
or a slight explosion risk or both, but the effect
of which will be local.
(ii) Category Y—Those explosives which have a mass
fire risk or a moderate explosion risk, but not
the risk of mass explosion.
(iii) Category Z—Those explosives which have a mass
explosion risk with serious missile effect,
(iv) Category ZZ—Those explosives which have a mass
explosion risk and minor missile effect,
(2) If any question arises as to whether tiny explosive
belongs to Category X, Categoiy Y, Category Z or
Category ZZ, the matter shall be referred to the
Chief Controller for decision.
CHAPTER II
GENERAL PROVISIONS
5, Prohibition of unauthorised explosives.—No person shall
import, export, transport, manufacture, possess, use or sell
any explosive which is not an authorised explosive:
Provided that nothing in thin rule shall apply to—
(j) the possession for use of manufactured fireworks
(Class 7 Division 2); and
(b) the manufacture and possession for test and trial
purposes and not for sale of a new explosive com-
position under development at a place specially
approved for the purpose by tho Chief Controller
in a licensed factory.
6. Procedure for authorisation of explosives.—(1) Any
person desirous of including an explosive in the List of
authorised explosives shall apply by submitting an application
therefor to the Chief Conli oiler.
(2) The application submitted in accordance witrl su^rule
(I) shall be in writing and accompanied by following parti-
cular;—
97 GT/81—12
(b) the limiting percentage of each ingredient of tho
explosive ;
(c) any substitute or substitutes for any specified ingre-
dient ;
(d) in the case of a new explosive to be manufactured
in Tndia, the process by which it is proposed to
carry out its manufacture ;
(e) where an explosive is enclosed in a case or other
contrivance, the dimensions of the case or other
contrivance, the quantity, nature and brand of ex-
plosive contained therein, the method of function
and performance characteristics of (he explosive and
instructions governing the use of the case or oihcr
contrivance ;
(f) the box, wrapping or other container in which the
exnlosive will be handled.
used or disnlavcd or
otherwise distributed, including the markings there-
on ; and
(R) the nackaee in which the exnlosive will be trans-
ported and stored, including the markings thereon.
(3) When, in the oninion of the Chief Controller, an ex-
plosive in respect of which an application h mede may
properly be considered for authorisation, the Chief Controller
shall instruct the annlicant as to the samples required and
the mnnner of forw&rdlnir the «ame to him or to nnv other
authority specified by the Chief Controller In this behalf.
(4) No person shall send a sample of an explosive unless
such person has first received the instructions referred to
under sub-rule (3).
(5) No person shall send a samn'e of an exn'o'ivp other-
wise than in accordance with instructions given by the Chief
Controller under sub-rule (3).
(6) (i) Samples forwarded under sub-rule (3) shall be
subjected to such of the tesU enumerated In clause (ii) of
this rule as are necessary, having regard to the n»turp and
tyce of exniosive submitted, to ensure that the exnloslve is
cariable of beim? safely manufactured, handled, stored, trans-
ported and used.
(ii) The tests referred to in clause (i) are tests of—
(a) physical properties—including consistency, reaction,
absoiptive power for moisture, segregation, in trans-
port or otherwise of the constituents. exud"tion,
behaviour at low temperatures, speriflc gravitv and
such other physical properties as may be consideied
necessary;
(b) chemical composition—determination of the percent-
age composition of the ingredients forming the ex-
plosive, and the quality of the ingredients employed
in its manufacture ;
(c) stability—determination of stability after subjection
to such varying environmental conditions as would
tend to produce spontaneous ignition or variation in
sensitiveness of an explosive;
(d) ignitfon—ignition point, behaviour on ignition. lia-
bility to spontaneous ignition, behaviour on ignition
in bulk:
(e) mechanical sensitiveness—determination of sensitive-
ness to friction and impact;
(f) air gap sensitivity and transmission of detonation;
(a) velocity of detonation;
(h) determination of strength ;
(i) composition of gases evolved upon explosion;
(j) such other tests as the Chief Controller may specify.
(7) An explosive tested in accordance with sub-rule (6)
snail be declared by the Central Government to be an autho-
rised explosive if, it is satisfied that such un explosive can
be safely manufactured, handled, stored, transported and
used.
788
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)l
(8) Author'sa+ion issued by the Centra] Governtnen: luicK-i
sub-iule (7) in iespett of any imported explore slu1! b<~
valid for one yeai from the date of -nithon'Mion provided
the foreign mamilactuiei certifies tiia' iiwie 1M IHC.I IK
change in 1he composition ol .in- othn tfuvc-i< Klus of the
explosive.
(9) The Chief Controller may at any tune subject any
explosive to the t«sts enumerated in sub rule (6). As a >esull
of th^ tests oi o-heiwise if the Chief Controller Is satisfied
that the explosive is no longei safe foi rnaniiracirc hunting
stornge, ttan=poil or use. he may tecmimena deletion of
such explosive from the authorised list.
(10) The Chief Controller, on compleuon of the testing of
an explos"'o, n rmsuance of sub-rule (6) -hall a'Vse the
Centra! Government in writing—•
fa) whether or not the explosive should be cedared to
be an authorised explosive; and
(b) where the explosive is declared to be an authorised
explosive, the class including any division and sub-
division within which the explosive falls
(11) (i) The Chief Contiollei -bal! maintain n li't of
authorised explosives showing—
fa) the brand or trade n ime of the explosive ;
(b) the mme and address of the manufacture)« ;
fc) the class, including any division and sub-divisions
thereof, within which each explosive falK; and
(d) the s-ifety distance category and the corresponding
United Nation's classification number and division
(11) A list of authoiised explosives that, by licence or per-
mit, are authorised to be manufactured if>, or imported into,
India *hall b; rvW^hed by the Central Government from
time to time.
(12) No alfeiation in the composition, limiting percentage
of ingredients or substitute ingredients, the process of manu-
facture, the deception ;nd construction of the case or the
contrivance as declaied in accordance with clause (a), (b).
(c). (d) & (e) of sub-rule (2) shall be car lied out without piior
appioval of the Central Government:
Provided that the Chief Controller vaay older fresh test
to be carried out if the proposed alteration in the percentage,
composition, nature of ingredients, process of manutacture or
construction of the case oi contrivance of the explosive are
likely to change the re^rlfs of the original test prescribed in
tVs rule
7. Restiktion on deliveiy and despatch of explosives.- •
(1) No person shall deliver or despatch any explosive to any
one other than a person who—
fa) is the holder of a licence to possess the explosives
or the agent of a holdei of such a licence duly
authorised by him in writing in this behalf; or
(b) is entitled undci thece rules to possess the explosives
wnhout a licence
(2) The explosives so delivered oi despatched shall in no
case exceed the quantity which the person to whom they
are delivered oi despatched is authorised to possess with
or without a licence under these rules.
(3) (i) No person shall receive explosives from any person
other than the holder of a licence granted undei these rules.
(ii) No person shall receive from or transfer explosives to
any person fo- a tempoiary storage or «afe custody in a
licensed magazine unless prioi approval is obtained from the
Chief Contioller.
8. Packing of explosives.—(I) No person shall import,
tender for transport, transport, cause to be transported,
possess oi sell any explosives unless it is packed —
fa) in the manner laid down in Schedule IT;
fb) a sample of the container or package for each ex-
plosive ha? beei tested and approved by the Chief
Controllei ;
)
t
h
e
o
n
t
n
r
c
i
n
r
p
^
t
K
"
!
I * .
I
I
>
I
I
L
•
!
. , »
i
c
^
o
i
d
a
n
r
e
i'uni'iif thai noli'ng JU tin
ml. si- I
ippl\
iu < xplo
sives in iht noccss of m iiiif.Kfuic.
(2) An CAplosive which is not an au'.'i msed explosive bin
which is requned to be transported foi purpces of test in
cm he MOi thciev ith shall be picked <n sin h marner as ma>
he dii ' !e>! li' (he Chief Cuntiol'ci
,win lereience to sucli
P\p)OM\CS
9 Marking of packages—(ll The ouiet package shall be
marked in conspicuous indelible characters by means of a
stampine. embossing ot painting wilh—
(?) the word "Explosive".
(b) the name of the authorised explosive.
(O the number of the Cl?-.-~ md o" tne Division lo which
it belongs,
(d) the safety distance category of explore
(e) the name of the manufacture'.
(0 thp name of the conrignoi and consignee, and
(a! the net weight of explojh e •
Piovided that in the case of safety fuse oi fireworks, the
word "Explosive" 'inj the number of the Class ^.nd Divi
sion may be omitted
(2) In the case of explosives used for ;hirgins for blasting
viz explosives of Class 2 or such oths1 explosives of Class 3
D P :sion 1 n- such olher explosives of Class 4 which con-
tain liauid nitio-compound exn^osive, the date of manufac-
ture and Ivlrh number ^hall be added
(3) In th; case of exo'ocives of Class 2 and Class 3, each
of the cartridges containina explosive 'hn11 be printed or
embossed legibly on it *ith •
(a) the word "EXPLOSIVE":
(b) ihe name of explosive-
(c) weight of exrlosive ,
fd) di.tmetci of the cartridge ;
fe) name of mamfacturer, and
(0 in case of permitted explosive, the lettei 'iJ'.
• (4) In the case of fnework% a camion or warning indicating
the method of firing and piecauti m-, to be taken shall be
printed on ^ach piece oi nrewo ^s and wheis adequrte
upace is no* available on the futworivb, such caution or
vvainin? may be printed on a septate label and inserted
in the «mj]'est packet or cartel
10. Weight of explosives—."he weight of eKplosives when
leferred to in these lules '•nail not include the weight of
the pLnk ng box in winch the explo ive, are packed:
Piovided that in case of ^\plosi\es of the 6th (Ammuni-
tion) Class oi 7 '• iri'.v.ii' s v ! v •• e weight shall be deem-
ed to be the iu -r\ • • ! ! . • .
mk...; ar ule inclusive of the
case oi cmtriv.rice n wh'.h the explosive is i.ontain'.d.
11 Competent person to be • ^chai :e of operations.—
Every person holding or acting un , a !i.;r;e granted under
these ru'es shall, whenever e\nlosiv. ase 'o Ued, unloaded or
handled, aepife a cotnpet ,t person e\p'ienced in the
handlmg of evr'osives to be pre«-i t it and to 'onduct the
opeiaaons in accoidance w h these IUI s
12. Precautions to bs ob er\ed in hnnd1 ng explosives —
ft) The floor of any place o anv • irjue oi vessel in which
.nn\ explosive is or is to b« laid a-u! th- g ound gangway,
deck-, and other places o\e v,b' •• th; r\ >'osive Is to be
conveyed d ,iing loading oi u->'oad ng sh M W -
ii) i.nefullv examined ti er< ae I'm Ciere is nothinc;
<hneon in contrav ution of ih s; uiles or likely
lo endanger the snfety of the voniianment; and
789
(n) thoroughly cleaned and suept before and
after
use.'
(2) '1 he package;, containing the explores ih ill Hot be
thrown oi dropped down or roiled or pulled along the ground
or floor but shaH be passed from hand to hand and carefully
deposited and stored.
(3) Wheie a package is to be «lung, due ptecaution shall
be taken to sling it in sujh a manner as effectually to pre-
vent the possibility of a fall.
{•!) Af.ei the handling of explores na> commenced, the
opeicitions shall proceed with due diligence and without un-
necessary stoppage.
13.
Reduction on funding ct explores atier sunset—
]No person shall handle or cause to be hardled any explo-
sive between tru hows of sunset and ,unrise ;
Provided that nothing in this ruJe shall apply to handling
of explosives during the daiL hours if proper illumination
K provided in the aiea and the place is guarded.
14
Piohibition of smoking, fires, lights and dangerous
substances.—No peison shall smoke, ,md no fires, lights or
aitides oi substari.es of a flammable nature or liable to
spontaneous ignition, or to caiKe ot co-pniunicatc fire or
explosion sr» h as acid1,
petroleum, caibide of calcium,
compjessed gices or such other hazardous subX.nces, shall
be allowed—
(u) ill any time v/iihin 15 meties tiom a place where
an explosive is stored ; oi
(b) at any place wheie an explosive is handled, during
transpoit one how before and during such handling:
Piovided that nothing in this rule shall apply to
the use on a ship of—
(i) an engine loom fiie, it uich fire has been jsie-
\iously carefully banked up, oi
(ii) any aitificial light or ship's signal ligh*s> aie of a
type approved in writing by the Chief Controller
in aieas outsiae port limits and by the Conserva-
toi of the pori within poit limits.
15. Piohibition ol rpatchts etc.—No person on, in, or near
any plac'e where explosives are stoied ui handled or on any
carriage conveying explosives shall—
(a) have m
his, possession any
matchts,
fules or
other appliances for pioducing ignition or explosion,
oi any knives or othei articles made of iron or
steel; or
(b) wear boots oi shoes with iron n.iils or shed or
sti engthened with'iron, unless Mich Pools or shoes
a>e coveied with leather, rubber, felt or other mate-
nal, in the form of overshoes or otheiwise.
lb. Split explosive to be destioyed.—If any explosive es-
capes from ihe package in which it is contained, or is split,
sucn explosive shall immediately be carefully collected and
destioyed as provided in these rules.
11. Employment of children, intoxicated persons '.md cer-
tain other persons.—No person shall employ, allow or engage
a person—
fa) who has not completed the age of 18 yeais, oi
(b) who is in a state oi intoxication, oi
(t) who is of unsound mind,
for manufacture, storage, sale, loading, unloading or transport
of explosives or to enter any piemises licensed -W.der these
niles.
18. PieCcUlions against danger from Wdter or exposure to
the sun or heat.—(I) In the case of any explosive which is
liable to be dangerously affectej by water, due piecautions
shall at all times be taken to prevent water from coming
in contact with such explosive.
(2) Packages containing explosives shall not be allowed to
jcnviin in the sun or exposed to excessive heat:
Ptouded that nothing- in sub-rule (2) shall apply to s>un
drying of gunpowder or fireworks or dry:ng of explosives in
4 licensed factory under conti oiled conditions.
19. Special precautions against accident .and the exclusion
of unauthorised persons.—(1) No person shall commit o;
attempt to commit anv act which may tend to tau-e a fire or
explosion in oi about any place where an explosive is manu-
fdclmed, stored o tianspoited :
Provided that nothing in this sub-iule shall apply to any
t'ct which is neressary for the purpose of the manufacture,
stdage or handling duung Uan'poit of «ny explosive or any
a; tide piesent therewith.
(2) Every peison possessing explosives and every peison in
charge of or eng.-ged in the import, export, mrnafacture, sale,
transport oi handling of explosives shall at all times—
( ) comply with provisions of these rules and the condi-
tions of any licence relating thereto ;
(b) obs-ue all due piecautions fo1 the pievention of
thefts and of accidents by fire or explosion ;
ft) piexent u.iauthoris;d persons fiorn having access to
the explosives;
(d) pie/tnt any other person from committing any such
act as is prohibited under sub-iu!e (1).
20. Resuietion^ on tiansport of certain types of explo-
it es.— Notwithstanding anything contained in these rules,
no person shall transport without appioval of Chiej Con-
ti oiler—•
(a) Nttio-glyceiine or fcthylene glycol dinitrate in auy
vehicle in an> quantity, except within ihe licensed
factory solely for the purpose of manufacture of
exolosives ;
(b) any explosive that i% not authorised explosives or
any explosi/e which is deteriorated or is in a damag-
ed condition.
CHAPTER 111
IMPORT AND EXPOkl
PART I—GENERAL
21. Restriction on import or export.— (1) No person shall
import or export any explosive except under and in accord-
ance with the conditions of a licence gi anted under these
iu!es.
(2) No licence shall be granted for import or export of
any explosives, unless—
(a) the explosi1 e is an authorised explosive ;
(b) the explosive, if of the 3rd (Nitre-compound class)
oi 4th fChloiate mixture) is ceuified in lorm I by
the testing officer to have passed Ihe tests specified in
Schedule III; and
(c) the explosive is certified to have russed fucb analysis
or examination, if any. as the Chief Controller or
the CUSIOJPS Collector at his discretion, by cder
in writing, may reanire in order to determine its
composition or condition.
H) No neison shall be granted an import or exooit 'icence
unless he is the bolder of a lirence for twess'on in a maga-
zine or ,i store bouse authorised for the class and quantity
of exniosives intend?,! to be imported or expoited.
(4) Notwith'-t <*><1in£» qtivtfc'ne rnnti'if'^ in Mib-tnle (Vl,
th^ exr'^o^'^ ^"- tn nrnnt'tjp« ex^p^^ff" ihp li^^-n^^r' c^nacity
,v4ic"|if. I in (1 •* I^enre v~iv bp irnnoited w^Ti p i V nermis-
oon of thf Ch>'ef PoitroiVr. nrovHeri ademi'it" nfivan'-e ar-
' !nse"i<"iits •>•? made bv file imwte»- to distribute directly
from the r.oi* of ir>no!t, the explosives fo the other licenced
magazines oi licensed store house*.
790
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
PART II
IMPORT OR EXPORT PY SEA
22. import or export by sea.—{lj No explosive »hall DC
unpoiicu ox expoueu oy sea except at tne poits of Bombay,
Couiin, i^ai^uLLti at uiumona ±iarcour, Madras, Tuticorin
or v isaknapuinarn:
Provided that exports only of explosives in such quantities
as may be specined by the Chief Conn oiler, may be done
ai the poits or ivanaia and Mormugao.
(2) ine quantities of explosives, manner of handling dur-
ing uistnuifio irom or loading into a snip sdall bo cauicd
OUL m uu,umaneij with, tne provisions or rules regulating the
aanuiing or explosives at the ports ot Bombay, Calcutta and
Mauras issuca unacr the Act and respective port rules and
bye-laws.
23. Declaration by importer.—A person holding an import
licence granted under these rules shall furnish a declaration—
(a) in form 14 to the Chief Controller as soon as ship
carrying explosives sails from trie port of loadinjj;
(b) in form 15 as soon, as any shipment of explosive*
is cleared from the port of Import.
24. Declaration by master of ship or by the ship's agent.
(1) Ihe master or every snip carrying explosives or the agent
for such ship shall give the Conservator of th© Port not les»
than 4b nours notice of its Intended arrival at the Port.
(2) The master ol every ship carrying explosives shall
deliver to the pnot, before entering any port, a written de-
claration in torm 2 under his signature:
Provided that if m anticipation of a ship's arrival, the
agent for sucfi snip delivers to the conservator of the port
a written declaration as aforesaid under his signature, no
such declaration need be made by master of the ship.
(3) Every declaration delivered to a pilot under iub-rule
(2) snail be maae over by him without delay to the conserva-
tor of the port, and all declarations recived by the conserva-
tor of the port snail be forwarded by him, with all con-
venient despatcn to tnc Custom Collector of the port.
25 Declaration t>y exporter or his agent.~(l) The exporter
or his authorised agent shall give the conservator
of
the
port not less than 48 hours notice of his intention to brintr
explosives to port tor export and shall not brine tfe ex-
wSinT^m^rsa^offlcer *»"* **» P™l o a ta
before^e coX™^?^ SUS*
^
** 9l°*"e
(a) licence granted under these rulcs for export of ex-
plosives in question;
(b) a certificate issued by exporter to the effect that the
explosives have been packed ,ind marked in accord-
ance wrtn these rules and are safe for transport by
26.
Sampling procedure from imported explosives—fl)
When the master of. or the agent for, a ship hasmade dec'
lector o'fT
h\
rUle 24' i?uch offlcer •« the Customs Col-
£
* £
p? r t m a y a u t h o r i s e in this behalf shall go on
is intended to land at the port and are required bv or under
tiiese rules to be tested, analysed or examined
(2) The master shall deliver to the Offlcer referred to In
whMfeJmnl'WUh0Ut Cha-r8^ Samples of aI1 the oxpfoslves rf
which samples are required to be taken under that sub-rule
dr^mT"" consistm* of at I«« two cartridges Z n be
fcea^TnT
Sha" be take° *™' P^aVSage
vo£ 'mfon™8 f
any samples undcr 8u1>njle (1) fin*
27. Dcspatcn of samples to the testing officer.—(1) The
officer taking a sample of any explosives under nne 26 shall
afflx to it the name ot the ship, the name of the consignee,
name of the explosive and inch other distinguishing marks,
as he may think, necessary and shall forward it to the testing
officer without delay.
(2) In the case of a Nitro-compound or a Chlorate mix-
ture, the date and batch number referred to in sub-rule (2) of
rule 9 shall also be affixed to the sample.
28. Ttesting of samples.—(1) The testing ofllcer shall test,
analyse or examine, as the case may be, the sampies and shall
without delay forward to the Customs Collector a certificate
in form T in duplicate under his signalure certifying whether
the explosives have satisfied the prescribed tests, analysis or
examination.
(2) The Customs Collector shall, us soon as practicable,
and ordinarily within 24 hours after receipt of the report of
the teiung officer forward a copy each of tuc certificate in
form I to the Chief Controller and the Controller of
the
area having jurisdiction.
29. Permission to land expIosive:..-i~U) No imported ex-
plosives shall be permitted to be landed by the Customs Col-
lector except with the prior permission ot the Chief Control-
ler or the Controller duly authorised in this behalf who shall
issue such permission if the explosives have satisfied the pres-
cribed tests, analysis or examination and after making such
other enquiries as considered necessary,
(2) If the Customs Collector, alter receiving the peimis-
sion under sub-rule (1) above and the licence lor import of
such explosives under these rules and after making such
further enquiries as he deems necessary, is satisfied that the
explosives can lawfully be Imported, he shall permit it to be
landed.
0) Nothing in this rule shall affect the power of Customi
Collector to detain the explosives under any other law for
the lime being in force.
(4) The imported explosives shall be removed from the
port premises by the importer as expeditiously ps possible.
PART III
IMPORT OR EXPORT BY LAND
30. Import or export by land.—No licence for import or
export of explosives shall be granted without the previous
sanction, in each case, of the Central Government and under
such conditions and restrictions as it may impose in consul-
tation with Chief Controller
PART IV
IMPORT OR EXPORT BY AIR
31. Prohibition of certain explosives.—(1) No explosive
t
u
"^S*6^
e xP° r t e d bV air Mcept at the ports of
Bombay, Delhi, Calcutta and Madras or any other Inter-
national airport authorised for this purpose by the Central
Government from time to time.
(2) Any explosive which is not included, in Schedule VI
shall not be imported or exported by air.
(3) A person holding a licence for import or export of
explosives by air or his authorised agent shall Rive a declara-
nlrnnn M
V nm*
^ T
brin«in«L t h c <>*p1osivcs Into the
airport to the Officer Incharge of the Airport. Collector of
Customs and the Chief Controller giving Full part culars of
the explosives intended to be Imported or exported
exJiL^v P w , n Z h ? U ^rInjt exPlosiv« to the airport for
Tnch°ar«Xf [ hr ACortPnOr ^
^
* ^ ' ^
°f t h e
Offlcer
the same n I expedltfoiisly a s , M s M e from lr,S
e a"r%rt
J«
E^P1oSlve.s.m(:flnt 'or export JhalT be brought lo thc air-
port after malting proper amingemwts and onTy after
£
791
aircraft is ready for loading explosives and explosives w>
brought to the airport ahaU be loaded directly into the
aircraft.
(7) If for any unforeseen circumstances explosives brought
to the airport cannot be removed from the airport or loaded
into the aircraft, such explosives shall be stored in an Isolated
shed under guard as directed by the Officer lncharge of the
Airport and all due precautions against theft, fire or explo-
sion shall be taken.
CHAPTER IV
TRANSPORT
PART I—GENERAL
32. Licence for transport and issue of pushes.—(1) No
peison shall transport explosives except under and in accord-
ance with the conditions of a licence granted under these
rules :
Provided thtu nothing in this sub-rule shall apply lo—
Ii) the transport of any explosive? within the licensed
factory or fiom the licensed factory to the licensed
magazine or store house situated within the licensed
factory ;
lii) the transpoit of any explosives irnpoitcd under a
licence in form 27 from the place of import to the
place of destination
specified in the licence for
import of explosives;
(iii) the transport of any explosives tor the possession of
which no licence is necessary (lee mle 114);
(iv) the transport by the holder of a licence in form 2?
of any of the explosives covered by his licence in
such quantity as he may require for his private
use :
(v) the tiansport of safety fuse, fireworks.
(2) Every consignment of explosives
transported undei
licence shall be accompanied by a pass issued by the con-
signor in form 16.
(3) Such pass shall be attached to the way-bill, invoice or
despatch note as the case may be,
(4) A copy of eveiy pass issued under sub-iule (2) shall
forthwith be sent by tbc consignor to—
(I) the licensing authority who issued the licence for
transportation of explosives;
(ii) the Controller of Explosives in whose jmisdktion the
place from which the consignment is sent is situat-
ed;
(hi) the Controller of Explosives in whose juiisdiction the
placo to which the consignment is sent is situated.
33. Restrictions on transportation of different explosives
in the same carriage.—An explosive of 5th (Fulminate) class
or detonator or any other explosive of 6th (Ammunition)
Class containing its own means of ignition or initiation, or
an explosive of 7th (Fireworks) class shrill not be transported
in the same carriage, or save as provided in rule 49 in the
same vessel and shall not bo conveyed or handled with
any explosives not of the class and division to wtlch it
belongs.
34. Certificate of safety.—(1) Before transporting of ten-
dering for transport an explosive of 3rd (Nltro-compound)
class or of the 4th (Chlorate mixture) class, the consignor
shall attach to the consignment note a valid certificate in
form I or certified copy thereof granted by testing officer.
(2) The ceitificatc referred to in sub-rule (1) shall be valid
for a period of 12 months from the date on which it was
Bran ted :
Provided that in the case of explosives containing Nitro-
glycerine which are not used as propellants such certificate
shall lapse on the 31st July following and fresh certificate
may, at the discretion of the Railway Administration con-
cerned, be demanded for explosives to be transported by rail
during the period from 1st April to 31st July if the original
certificate has been granted earlier than 30th of September
preceding.
35. Transport in passenger carriages
and vessels.—Savo
as otheiwise expressly provided^ in these rulei, no explosive
shall be transported in any carriage, vessel or air-craft plying
for or carrying passengers on hire.
36. Maximum consignments allowed.—The quantity of ex-
plosives tianspoiied shall not exceed—
(j) 10 tonnes or half the carrying capacity of the Rail-
way wagon whichever is less ;
(ii) 10 tonnes or the maximum carrying capacity of a
road van licensed under these rules by a Regional
Transport Authority, whichever is less., in any one
carriage other than a Railway wagon :
Provided that if the explosives to be transpoited
is of 2nd class, the quantity of explosives shall not
exceed 15 tonnes or the maximum carrying capacity
of the van, whichever is less ;
(iii) one tonne in any animal drawn carriage ;
(iv) 22.5 tonnes in any one boat;
(vl quantity specified in Schedule VI in any one ali-
craft.
37. Despatch of explosives to canieis for tiansport.—(1)
No person slhill despatch any explosives to a-currier other
tfyin the Railway Administration for the puipose of transport.
(2) No person shall despatch any explosives to the Railway
Administration fur the purposes of transport unless—
(u) he ha* given the Station Master a notice in writing—
(i) of his intention to tender such explosives ;
(ii) Certifying that the explosive has been packed and
marked in accordance with rules 8 and 9 ;
(iii) stating the true name, description and quantity of
explosive to be transported ;
(b) he has received a reply and intimation in writing
from the Station Master that he is prepared to
receive the explosive for immediate despatch;
(c) he has received a confirmation from the conslgnoi
regarding readiness to receive explosives as autho-
rised tinder these rules.
(3) No peison shall bring, send or forward to, or upon,
any Railway any explosives which a Railway administration
has by any notice or regulation for the time being in force
notified that it will not receive.
38. Place and time of loading and unloading.—(1) Every
explosive shall be loaded and unloaded at a sale distance
from the station buildings, pfiSJLLiger platforms, dwelling
houses, factories, public buildings and other buildings or
places where persons assemble or any
flammable or other
hazardous goods are stored or handled.
(2) Every explosive intended for transport by road whether
under a licence or otherwise shall be loaded only near a
licensed magazine, licensed store house or other licensed
premises,
(3) Loading of explosives after sunset within a licensed
factory may be carried ,out upto 2200 hours at a well Illu-
minated place approved by the Chief Controller,
(4) Nothing in rule 13 and sub-rule (1) shall apply to any
operations connected with the transport of explosives by
passenger train or by a "pick up" or "van" goods train used
for the transport of small consignments or in the brake van
of mixed trafn.
39. Carriage o.- ^essel or aircraft to be In readiness for
loading.—No explosives shall be brought to any pla-^e of
loading until the carriage or vessel or aircraft Into which It Is
to be loaded is at that place in readiness to receive it.
40. CarriflKe or vessel or aircraft to be mcharge of a com-
petent person.—(1) A carriage other than a railway carriage
or vessel or aircraft transporting explosives shall at all times
be in charg? of, and constantly attended by competent person
experienced In the handling of explosives and appointed hv
7 9 2
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
the. owner of such carriage or aiiciaft or master of the vessel.
Such person shall supervise all loading or unloading operations
and shall take all due precautions in regaid to explosives
until completion of the leceipt and storage or discharge
thereof.
(2) The person in chaige of a carriage or aiieraft or-vessel
shall not drive, conduct or manoeuvre sii:h carnage or vessel
or aircraft in a dangciou-. or negligent manner.
41 Piotection from fite or explosion.—(1) No carriage or
aircraft or vessel shall be used for transporting explosives
Btiiess all iron or steel theiein with which a package contain-
ing any explosive is likely to come in comuct is effectually
covered with lead, leather, wood, cloth oi other suitable
material.
(2) Where tne weight of the explosives transported in any
carriage exceeds 1000 kgs. they shall be placed in the interioi
of the carnage which shall be enclosed on ail sides with wood
or metal bJ as effectually to protect the eKrlosJws from
communication of fire and the cnmage shall be locked.
(3) Wheic iju weight of explosives transported in any
vessel exceeds 1000 h.g->., they shall be placed in the hold of
the vessel which shall hcive .* closed deck and closely fitting
hatches and double water-tight bulk he.'ds shall be provided
at each end of the hold where the explosives are stowed and
the hatches shall be locked.
(4) Wheie the explosives catiied in carriage o> vessel do"
not exceed 1000 kgs. in weight, the explosives shall, unless
they are con/eved in the manner specified in sub-rule (2)
or sub-rule (3), rs the case may be, be completely covered
with fire p'oor clo'h, tarpaulin or any other suitable material
so as effectuall\ 10 piotect the explosives from lommunication
of fire.
(5) AH doors, hatches and coverings of every compart-
ments or hold containing explosives in or on any carriage
O! vessel shall be kept closed and seciced except when ex-
plosives ate K-inq loaded or unloaded into, onto or from
it.
(6) WheT explosives are bein" carried in or on a carriage
ot air craft oi \es«-i, jhev shall be kept away from anything
whether in the vairi.'ge or vessel or elsewhere that would be
liable to cause them to ignite or explode.
42. Delay in transit to be~ avoided.—If the quantity
ol
explosives tianspoited in any carriage or veesel exceeds 2.5
kgs.,
the peison or persons in charge of such eajiriee
or
vessel shall not stop or delay at any place for a longer time
than may be leasonably necessmy, nor stop i nnccessaiily at
any place wheic such stopping would be attended with danger
to public.
43. Repaiii to conveyance.—Befote any repairs oi altera-
tions are commenced in any part of a vessel in which ex-
plosives are being, oi have been transported, all due pre-
cations should be taken to Temove all such explosives, oi
any remnants thereof, and the space in such ca;riage or vessel
in which such explosives have been carried shall be thoroughly
washed out to ersuie that no remnants of explosives lemain
therein.
44. Small qualities of fiteworks exempted.—Nothing con-
tained in rules 35. 40 and 41 shall appi/ to the tianspoit
of manufactured fits works in the custody of a person entitled
to possess thcii without a licence under rule 114, provided
that not mce than 2.5 kgs. of manufactured (reworks, se-
curely packed shall be so tianspoited in rny ir^fc- vehicle
licensed foi conveyance of more than six passengeis.
45. Safetv distances between carnages and boats.—Wheie
the explosive, in two or more carriages, other than motor
vehicles or ^n two <>i moie boats, travelling in company
exceed the m \imum quantity in rule 36 for any one carriage
or boat, such carriages or boats shall not apnroach within 50
metres of one another :
Provided that—
(J) nothing in this rule shall apply to the transport of
explosives by tail;
(b) the Conservator of the port nuv waive ihe require-
ment within the limits of a port if in his opinion
it is impracticable to secure compliance within this
rule.
PART 11—TRANSPORT BY WATER
46. Notice of loading on or unloading from ships.-—No
explosive shall be loaded on or unloaded fiom a ship within
the limits of a port unless 48 hours notice in writing _ of the
intended time and place of such operation has been given to
tne Conservator of the port.
47. Steamer (ires and lights.—No explosive shall be loaded
on or unloaded from any ship—
(a) unless tne engine 100m fites have been previously
carefully banked up, and all other fires and lights
extinguished :
(b) while the ship is attached to or alongside of any
steam vessel ot steam tug, unless the engine room
fiies of such steam vessel or steam tug, have pre-
viously been carefully banked up and all other fires
and lights have been previously extinguished:
Ptovided th.it nothing in this rule sha{l prevent the em-
ployment of an artificial light or ship's signil lights of a
tvpe approved in writing by the Chief
Coutniler in areas
outside the port litnits and by the Con=eTatoi of the port
within the port limits :
Provided further that a steam tua may be employed at the
poit of Madras to pidce boats alongside a ship carrying ex-
p'osives or to iemove them but no loading or unloading
operations shall be carried on so long as a tug 'is within a
distance of 50 meties from the ship.
48. Stowage.—No explosives shall be slowed in a ship
except in accordance with regulations contained in the Mer-
chant Shipping Cairiage of Dangerous Goods Rules. 1978
("Annexure 1).
49. Conveyance of explosives on unberthed passenger
ships.—Any authorised explosives satisfying the requirements
of clauses (b) and (c) of sub-r'i'e (2) of rule 21 may be
transported in a Droperly conducted magazine on an un-
bei thed. passenger ship to which Part IV of the Indian Mer-
chant Shipping Act, 1923 f v \ i
of 1923—Annexure II)
applies being a home trade ship as defined in sub-section (3)
of Section 2 of the said Act or plying to ports in the Per-
sian Gulf:
Provided that—
(a) the consignor satisfies the certifying officer referred
to in section 157 of the Indian Moichant Shipping
Act, 1923 (XXI of 1923—Ar.mxu.e II) that no
other means of conveying the explosives are avail-
able ;
(b) the magazine complies in all rejects with the speci-
fications for magazines in ships bid down by the
Board of Trade and is approved by the Surveyors
of the. ^Mercantile Marine Department ;
(<:) the explosives are packed and rmrki c! in accordance
with these rules ;
(d) detonators are not carried i'n the same hold as
other explosives: and
(e) the hold containing the magazine d >-, n> t contain
anv_ other hazardous or flammable goods at any time
during which the magazine is in use for the carriage
of explosives.
T-i50;- Conveyance of explosives on mssereer vessels.—(I)
The following explosives may be carried in a passenger vessel;
fa) an.y explosive not exceeding 2.5 k« in weight other
than a fulminate (Class 5), rmmi'inVon containing
its own means of ignition (CI.i^ 6, Division 3) '
or fiteworks (Class 7); rnd
(M detonators not exceeding' 200 MI irnrrber and certi-
fied in writing by the Ikensee not to contain in the
aggregate more than 225 gms. of explosives *
793
Pio"ided that—
(i) previous notice i& gi»rea to the person in charge ol
" the vessel in whkh the explosive is intended to be
conveyed;
(u) all due piccaulions aic laken to prevent accidents.* by
iii e 01 explosion ;
(iii) detonators are not carried in the same compartment
as otfiei explosives.
(2) Nothing in Rules 13, 40, sub-rule (5) of rule 41, 47, 51
to 54 and 57 shall apply to explosives carried in a passenger
vessel under sub-rule (1).
51. Anchorage of vessels carrying explosives.—(1) Eveiy
vessel having explosives on board and entering a port shall
be anchored at such anchorage as the conservator of the
port shall appoint in this behalf and shall not leave such
anchorage without the general or special order of the Con-
servator of the port and subject to such conditions as_ may
be specified in the Order.
(2) Such anchorage shall in no case be the same as that
for vessels laden with petroleum and shall be at such distance
from the anchorage for vessels laden with oeti oleum as to
render it impossible for a fire originating at the former an-
chorage to affect vessels anchored at the latter.
52. Red flag or warning light to be exhibited.—Eveiy vessel
having explosives on board exceeding 50 kgs. in _ weight
shall, while approaching or leaving a port and during the
time that it remains within the limits of the port or on any
inland water, exhibit conspicuously—
(a) between sunrise and sunset, a red flat? not less Ihmi
1 metre square ; and
fb) between sunset and sunrise, a single red light visible
all round the horizon.
53. Vessels to lie singly.—Every vessel wholly or partly
laden with explosives shall lie s'ingly and be kept at a distance
of at least 50 metres from any other vessel except during
ihe actual transhipment of explosives, when one boat may
lie along side on each side of a ship, boat or floating maga-
zine and two ships may lie alongside each other.
54. Vessels not to lie alongside magazines, jetties etc.—
No vessel having any explosive on board shall He alongside
any vessel, floating magazine, quay wharf, jetty land or
'anding stage except for the purposes of loading or unloading
and then only during the time necessary for the actual loading
or unloading of such vessel and shall proceed on its voyage
without delay except such delay as mav be unavoidable in
consequence of tide or weather.
55. Loading and unloading prohibited while a vessel is
underway.—No explosive exceeding 450 kgs. in weight and
no detonators shall be loaded or unloaded while a vessel is
underway.
Explanation.—A vessel is 'underway' when she is not at
anchor or moored or made fast to the shoie o>- a ground.
56. Place of loading and unloading within a port area.—
Fxplosives shall within the limits of a port, be loaded from,
landed at. brought into or denosited upon, only such quay
or other place as the -Conservator of the Port may by general
or special order direct.
57. Cushion to be used.—A cushion properly stuffed with
oakum and covered with leather, or one of such other kind
as the Conservator of the poit may from time to iime ap-
prove, shall be used in shipping an explosive in any vessel
or in landing it upon and wharf or other landing place
within the limits of a port.
58. Ships to handle explosives with despatch.—(]) Ships
arriving in a port with explosives intended to b; landed at
the port shall discharge them with all reason ible despatch,
and ships taking explosives on board sh'ill proceed to sea
wilft all rea'onable despatch.
f2> No sWn or boat shall setain on bo.irj anv cirgo of
explosives and ifmain in the port for n pp'in I longer" flu n
three davs •
Piovided that the couseiMtor of the pott m consultation
\Mth Chief Controller may extend such period under such
conditions as deemed fit if he is satisfied that cuch exten-
sion ol p< riod is considered necessary.
59. Boats to be licensed.—(1) No bo tts> slu'.l be used lor
the tianspott of explosives exceeding 1000 kgs. in weight
except under and in accordance wilh the conditions or the
licence granted—
(a) by the Conseivatoi of the poit in the case of a
boat plying within the limits o. a port, or
(b) bv an officer appointed by the Centra' Government
in this behalf in the case of a bo it plying in areas
outside poit limits.
(2) The licence shall specify the maximum quantity of ex-
plosives the boat is authorised to carrying
which quantity
shall be fixed in consultation with the Chief Controllei.
(3) Every licence granted under sub-rile (1) shall lemain
valid for a period of—
(a) four months in the case of a be ,t plying within the
limits of a port; and
(b) one year in the case of a boat plying in areas outside
port limits.
(4) The licence refeued to in sub-rule (1) shall be granted
or »enewed in such form and on paymert of such fees as may
be specified by the Central Government.
(5) A copv of eveiy licence granted in sub-rule (1) shall
be forwarded to the Chief Controller.
(6) Every person in charge of any boat licensed under sub-
rule (1) shall, when lequired so to do by an officer mentioned
in rule 179, produce the licence of su<'h bo:it for inspection.
60. Buoy to be carried.—(1) Every boat carrying explo-
sives within the limits of a port shall cai ry on deck a buoy
with a rope 27 metres length and 7.5 cm., diameter, one end
of the rope being attached to the buoy and the other end to
the boat. The rope sha!l be attached to such pait of the
boat as is most clear of spars gear or other obstruction and
at surh point as is appioxed by Ihe Hcjnsma authority under
rule 59. •
(2) The buoy shall be a dium painted red measuring not
less than 55 cm. in length and 35 cm, in diameter, properly
strapped with an iron band in the middle anj having a ring
attached for securing the rope.
61. SmOicing, file, dangerous articles ana other cargo prohi-
bited.—The following shall not be permitted on board any
boat which has explosives on board—
(ij fire or light of any description other than the warn-
ing light referred to in lule 52 ;
fii) smoking;
(iii) any substance of an inflammable nature or liable to
spontaneous ignition;
(iv) any substance liable to cause ar communicate fire
or explosion ;
(\) any other cargo, unless the c irrvmg of such other
cargo has been specially authorised in writing bv
the Conservator of the port with'a port limits or
bv the Chief Controller in aie.is outside po't
limits :
Provided that nothing in this rule shall ipp'ly to the trans-
port of explosives in a mechanically propelled boat subject
to such conditions as mav be specifie.1 by the- Chief Con-
troller.
PART TIT—TRANSPORT BY RAIL
62. Rail Veins to be approved.—No exp'i isives other th.in
safety fuse
and fireworks shall be
transported by rail
except in a van specially constructed for the carriage- of ex-
plosives and of a type approved by the Chief C mtroller and
the Railway Board.
794
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC 3(i)]
63. Marking of railway carriage.—(1) On each side of
every railway carriage containing any explosive there shall
be affixed in conspicuous characters by means of a securely
attached label or otherwise the word "Explosives.".
(2) Nothing in sub-rule (1) shall apply to a carriage con-
taining explosives transported in accordance with the provi-
sions of clause (b) of rule 64 or rule 69.
64. Transpoit of explosives with ordinary goods.—Not-
withstanding anything contained in rule 62, the following
explosives may be transported by any train other than a pas-
senger or mixed train in a carriage not cairying any article
or substance liable to cause or communicate fire or ex-
plosion.
fal any quantity of safety fuse for b'asting;
(b) any other explosive approved by the Chief Control-
ler for (he purpose of this rule provided such ex-
plosive is packed in metallic cases or cylinders
which fulfil all the requirements of these rules and
are of a pattern appioved by the Railway Adminis-
tration and the Chief Controller.
65. Position of railway carriages.—Every railway carriage
containing explosives shall be placed as far away as practic-
able fiom the engine and shall be close-coupled to the ad-
joining carriage and shall be pieceded and followed by three
carriages not loaded with explosives or other articles or subs-
tances of flammable or hazardous nature, provided that-—
(a) on the Darjeeling-Himalayan Railway carriages con-
taining explosives need not he close-coupled;
(b) on the Nilgid and Karaikal-Peralam Railways, only
one carriage need intervene between the engine
and carriages containing explosives ;
(c1 on the electrified section of Railways when trains
are hauled by electric locomotives,
no carriages
need intervene between the «nsiiu and the carriage
containing explosives.
66. Maximum quantity of explosives to be transported bv
rail,—Not moic than 5 carriages containing exp'osives shall
at any one time be loaded or unloaded at or on any railway
6tation or wharf and not more than 10 carriages containing
explosives shall be attached to or transported by, any one
train.
67. Prohibition on passenger or mixed trains,—No explo-
sive shall be transported by any passenger or mixed train.
68. Despatch of explosive vans by mixed trains—Notwith-
standing anything contained in rule 67, any explosive may
be transported by a mixed train in vans specially approved
under rule 62 on nny line or section on which goods trains
are not running subject to the following conditions^
(a) Not more than 3 such vans containing explosives shall
bo hauled at any one time.
(b) There shall be not less than 3 carriages between
the vans containing explosives and the engine and
between such vans and the passenger carriages.
fc) The vans containing explosives shall be close-coupled
to the adjoining carriages and to each other.
(d) Immediately on entering on any section upon which
goods trains are running, the vans containing ex-
plosives shall be detached from the mixed train.
69. Conveyance of explosives by
passenger or mixed
trains-—Notwithstanding anything contained in mles 62 and
67, the following explosives may be transported by passenger
or mixed train—
fi) Safety fuses for blasting.
(ii) Explosives of the 3rd (Nitro-compound) class, other
than propellants, In the form of cartridges not ex-
ceeding in the aggregate 2.5 kfw. in weight, provided
no detonators are carried in the same compartment,
fiift Detonators to the number of 200 if the amount of
explosives in the package or package containing
dctondtois does not exceed in the aggregate 225
gms., provided
(a) a certificate to such effect is tendered by the con-
signor ; and
(b) no other explosive is parried in the same Lorn-
partment,
(IV) Sporting powders and propellants packed in double
packages prescribed in Schedule II, provided-
fa) the explosive is contained in tin canisters con-
taining not more than 5 kgs. each packed in a
stout wooden case with a completely spark-proof
outer cover of tin or zinc or in n metal Lase or
cylinder of a pattern approved by the Chief Con-
troller ;
(b) no outer case contains more than 12.S kgs, of
explosives ; and
(c) the total consignment by one train docs not exceed
in the aggregate 37 5 kgs.
70. Receipt, of consignment of explosives by railways.—
Consignments of explosives intended to be transported by
iail shall be lccerved only-—
(.i) by a scivant authorised by the Railway Administra-
tion concerned to receive dangerous goods ; and
(W at such times between sunrise and sunset and at
suoh places within railway premises as the Railway
Administration may specify in this behalf,
71. Shunting.—No shunting of
carriages containing ex-
plosives shall be carried out on any railway save under the
superintendence of duly authorised officer who shall be res-
ponsible that—
(a) when the tiain is being marshalled, carriages loaded
with explosive shall not be shunted by a locomotive
unless they are separated from tiny engine by not
less than three carriages- containing no explosive
or easily inflammable substance ;
(b) dining the shunting of carriage containing explosive,
the speed of all movements shall not exceed 8 kilo-
metres an houi ; and
(L) no loose shunting takes place
72. Delivery to and from railway premises. —(1) Packages
containing any explosive shall be removed by the consignee
from the station, wharf or depot of the railway to which
they have been transported as soon as practicable and with
all due diligence after arrival.
(2) If the packages are not removed within the twelve
houVs of day-light following their arrival the packages and
contents may be forthwith returned to the consignor at his
risk and expense.
(3) Every package containing an explosive shall until re-
moved, returned or despatched be kept in a safe place
under the special direction of the Station Master at a safe
distance from the station buildings under a police guard if
necessary and shall be completely covered with tarpaulins or
other suitable material.
73 Power of railway administration.—(I) Where a Rail-
way Administration suspects that an explosive or carriage
or package containing an explosive does not comply with
any of these rules, the Administration may—
fa) prevent the entry of such explosive, carriage or pack-
age upon their premises, or refuse to receive or
transport them ; or
fb) at any time open Or require such carriage or pack-
age to be opened to ascertain the facts.
(2) Tf any explosive or anv carriage or package containing
explosives is found not to comply with any of these rules
the _ Railway Administration may return such explosives'
carnage or package to the consignor at his risk and expense!
f3) Where any explosive or any carriage or pacVfloe con-
taining explosive not
complying
with
these rules
can-
not in the opinion of the Railway Admirilitrdtion ne returned
795
to the consignor under sub-rule (2) without undue risk the
Admiruct! ation may, in consultation with the Chief Con-
troller and in such manner as he may specify, destroy at the
consignor's risk and expense the explosive or the contents
of th-s carnage or package.
74. Explosives not io be carried across railway bridges.—
No explosne shall be carried otherwise than by rail across
any lailway bridge across which reasonabb facilities for the
transport thcteof b> rail are afforded by the Railway Adminis-
tration :
- Provided th.-t nothing in this rule sha'l apply to—
(a) safety fuses for blasting in any quantity; or
(b) gunpowder oc mtro-componnds or ammunition,
Class 6. Division 2 and 3, in any quantity not
exceeding 5 kgs.
PART IV—TRANSPORT BY ROAD
75. Streets, public places and other specified areas.—(1)
No person shall transport or cause to be transported any
explosive on any road within the limits of a municipality or
cantonment where such road is specifically prohibited -where
for plying vehicles carrying explosives.
j
(2) Nothing in sub-rule (1) shall apply to—
(a) anv explosive of 7th (fireworks) class, or safety fuse,
or
(b) gunpowder or other explosive not exceeding 5 kgs.
in weight.
76. Licence for road vans.—No person shall transport or
cause to be transportedT any explosives in a road van unless
such vehicle is licensed under these rules to carry explosives :
Provided that nothing in this rule shalf apply to transport
of safety fuse and fireworks.
77. Restriction on transport of explosives by vehicles other
than roid vans.—(1) No explosive shall be transported by
any carriage which is not a road van, provided that—
(a) the distance from the place of loading to the place
of destination exceeds 10 km.;
(b) the transport of explosives is restricted to the period
between sunrise and sunset;
(c) the explosives are accompanied by at lsast two able-
bodied guards;
Od) a red flag is displayed on each cart;
(e) the packages containing
explosives
are suitably
covered and secured by a tarpaulin.
(2) Nothing in sub-rule (1) applies to safety fuse or fire-
works.
78. Loading of explosives.—(1) The person incharge of
loading explosives into or in to a vehicle or aircraft for
carriage shall ensure that the explosives are stowed in such
a manner that—
(a) during normal course of
transport they will not
move and will be protected against friction and
bumping ; and
(b) should it become necessary <fo unload any of the
explosives, those remaining can be restowed with
as little disturbance as possible.
(2) No person shall load or unload explosives onto or
from a licensed vehicle, except when the engine of the
vehicle is stopped, the wheels choked and the hand brake
applied.
79. Restrictions on use of towed vehicles.—No person shall
transport explosives in any towed vehicle or tow any vehi-
cle transporting explosives.
80. Carriage of explosives with other substances prohibit-
ed.—No otbei goods shall be carried with explosives in
any vehicle:
97 GI/81—13
Piovided that not more than 1000 kgs. of fireworks may
be carried along with other goods not being flammable and
hazaidous in nature.
81. Loading, unloading, maintenance and operation of road
vans.—(11 After the loading or unloading of explosives in.
or fiom any such vehrrV is comr^e^c^rt. the operation shall
not be stopped until .v •:;•'>• . " • \\ :'<•'•' be completed as
expedit'ously as possible.
(2) No b;-le hooks or other metal tools shall be used for
ihe loading, unloading or handling of packages containing
explores nor shall any packrge or container of explosives
be thrown or dropped dv ing such operation.
(31 "Ihe vehicle shall b- rcgula.ly checked to see that—
(ai the lie extinguishers are filled and in working ordei;
(b; (.he electric wiring is completely insulated and firmly
secured;
fc) the fuel tc.nk and feed lines have no leaks;
(d) the chassis, engine, inside and bottom of the body
are clean and free from surplus oil and grease;
(e) the brakes and steerins apparatus are in good condi-
tion ; and
(f) the spare tyre and wheel are in a fixed position.
(4) Explosives shall not be loaded on or in a vehicle
unless the vehicle has been periodically serviced in accordance
with the instructions specified in the service manual by the
manufacturer of the motor vehicle.
(5) The fuel tank of a vehicle carrying or containing an.
explosives shall not be filled except in case of necessity, in
which case the engine shall be stopped, the ignition shut-off
and the tank filled only at a place #here filling is not a
danger to the rvblic safety. The driver of the road van shall
supervise filling of fuel tank keeping a fire extinguisher ready
by his side.
(6) The driver or operator of a vehicle carrying or con-
taining an explosive shall not stop unnecessarily or for a
longer period than is reasonably required ; stops at places
where the public safety would be endangered shall be avoid-
ed:
Provided that where a road van transporting or containing
explosives is narked over night due to the reasons beyond the
control of licensee or the driver, the premises in which the
van is parted—
(a) shall not be used for any purpose that might give v
rise to the presence therein of an open flame, matches
or any substance or article likely to cause explosion
or fire;
(bi shall be away from any habitation or any godown
containing articles of a flammable nature or other
hazardous goods :
Provided further that the nearest police station shall be
informed about the location and temporary parking of the
van.
(71 The driver or operator of any vehicle carrying or con-
tainine an explosive shall not drive or conduct the same
in a danReimis or reckless manner.
(81 Routes passing through centres of dense habitation
shall, as far as possible, be avoided.
(9) A road van while transporting explosives shall always
be attended to by at least one able-bodied person (in addi-
tion to the driver) who is capable of looking after the vehi-
cle.
(10) When there is a convoy of two or more vehicles
transporting explosives. Where practicable, a
space
of at
least 300 metres shall be 'maintained between each such
vehicle.
(Ill Road van transporting explosives shall not be driven
past fires of any kind on or near the highway or other
thoroughfare.
796
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
(12) The drber of a road -"an while uanspoiting explosives
shall, before crossing any unmanned railway ciossing or
before crossing any main highway, bring the road van to a
full stop and proceed only when the way is safely clear.
(13) The original licence for van granted under these rules
or attested copy of the same shall always be carried in the
vehicle.
82. Lighting of stationary vehicles.—Where a road van
carrying explosives is stationary on a public road at night,
otherwise than by reason of a delay incidental to the flow
of traffic, driver or the licensee of the van shall keep the
parking lights "on" throughout the stay and if necessary
also provide reflectors in such position as to convey an effec-
tive warning of the presence of the road van to the drivers
of other vehicles.
83. Wheel chocks.—4 wheel chocks shall be carried in
or on a .licensed vehicle at all times when explosives are
being carried in or on the vehicle.
84. Vehicle on fire.—If any fire occurs on a vehicle con-
taining explosives, the driver shall take all practicable steps
to ensure that all other traffic is stopped at lea^t 300 metres
from the vehicle and that all persons in the vicinity are
wafned of the danger.
85. Accident to the vehicle.—(1) Where a vehicle trans-
porting explosives is involved in an accident, fire or any other
occurrence, that causes a significant delay in the delivery of
explosives or damage to the vehicle or explosives, the driver
or any other authorised person1 accompanying the
vehicle
shall—
(a) comply with all requirements of law relating to road
accidents;
(b) inform nearest police station ;
(c) inform the licensee who shall—
(i) inform the Chief Controller and the C6ntrolter
in whose jurisdiction the accident has taken place
giving the full details of explosives carried and
accident;
(ii) arrange for safe storage and custody of explosives
till a examination by the Controller if required,
and then arrange for transport to the destination
or place designated by the Controller.
(2) In case of a break down of road Tan, *Jie driver or
{he person incharge of the vehicle shall—
fa) make or permit to be made minor repairs if the
repairs can be made without hazard;
(b) where major repairs are required, prevent such re-
pairs being made until the explosives are transferred
to another van or are removed from the vehicle and
stored under proper security at a safe distance from
the highway and at least 300 metres from any in-
habited premises;
(c) inform the licensee who shall in turn inform trie
Chief Controller and# the Controller in who^e juris-
diction the vehicle is broken down giving fu1] de-
tails of the explosives and the circumstances attend-
ing the break down.
86. Fire extinguishers to be provided.—d) Every road van
shall be provided with 2 fire extinguishers of minimum 2 kgs,
capacity. One of the extinguishers shall be capable of dealing
with electric fires and the other with enstfne fires, tvre fire
or such other similar fires in a van. The fire extinguishers
"ball always be kept in good working condition.
(2) Fire' extinguishers shall be located where thev will be
convenient and readv for immediate use. Fire extinguishers
shall also be examined and recharged according to the manu-
facturers' recommendations.
CHAPTER V
MANtlFACTURF OF EXPLOSIVES
87. Licence for manufacture.—(1) No person shall manu-
facture any explosive at any nlace except in a factory or
premises licensed under these rules.
(2i The licensee shall be responsible for all operations in
connection with the manufacture of explosives which may
be conducted in the licensed premises.
88. No licence needed for manufacture in certain cases.—
Notwithstanding anything contained in rule 87, no licence
to manufacture shall be necessaary for manufacture at a Gov-
ernment or industrial laboratory or a laboratory of an edu-
cational institution and under the supervision of a qualified
person ol k quantity of explosive not exceeding an amount
reasonably necessary for the purpose of chemical experi-
ment and test and not intended for practical use or sale, sub-
ject to the following conditions, namely:—
(a) The Chief Conholler shall be given prior intimation
of the nature of the explosives and the quantity of
explosives- proposed to be manufactured in
the
laboratory together with the name and address of
the institution and the particulars and experience
of the persons conducting the experiment.
(b) If the Chief Controller on receipt of the information
under clause (a) above is of ihe opinion that It
would not be safe to conduct such experiment, he
may, in writing, prohibit conducting the experi-
ment.
(c) All precautions shall be taken !o prevent" injury
to persons or damage to property and all provisions
of the Act. and these rules shall oe observed as
far as they are otherwise applicable.
(d) No experiment shall be conducted to make
any
explosive
which is specifically prohibited
under
section 6 of the Act.
89. Approval of manufacturing process.—(1) No person
shall manufacture any explosive except by a process approv-
ed by the Chief Controller.
(2) A person intending to manufacture explosives shall
submit to the Chief Controller separately for each explosive
a Project Report in duplicate containing, among other rele-
vant data, the following particulars:—
(a) the detailed process starting from the raw material*
to the finished product describing the plan!
and
equipment, quantities of materials handled, operat-
ing conditions and parameters, nature of controls
and safety devices provided, the proposed method
of treating effluents and waste explosives.
(b) the nature and composition of the explosives.
(c) the limiting percentage of each ingredient of explo-
sives.
(d) the specification of the various raw materials includ-
ing substitutes, if anv, used in the process of manu-
facture.
(e) prescribed scrutiny fee.
(3) The Chief Controller, after scrutiny of the Project
Report and after making such further enquiries as may be
considered necessary, may. if he is satisfied, approve the
process for each explosive separately.
(4) No person shall make any changes in the process,
nature and composition of explosives, specification and limit-
ing percentages of raw materials and ingredienf.j without prior
approval of the Chief Controller.
(5) The Chief Controller may cause a* any time any test
on any raw material, ingredients or explosives .to ascertain
if these -conform to the particulars given under "sub-rule (2).
90. Restriction on unauthorised persons.—ft) A factorv
licensed under these rules for manufacture of explosives shall
be surrounded by a wall or barbed wire fencing
at least
2 rnetersfhigh, of such strength and construction as
to
effectively prevent entry of unauthorised person1;.
f2) The area enclosed bv such wall or f-;nce shall cover the
safety zone remiired to b,e kent ctenr from nnv of
the
process buildings or sheds.
f3) The licensee -shall at his own expense provide for
tnfe custody of the factory, a ward which shall be of su^h
797
strength as
the
District
Authority may
consider to be
sufficient.
91. Buildings to be used for specified purpose only.—Every
building in a factory snail be used only for the purpose
specified in the licence granted under these rules :
Provided that the licensing authority may temporarily per-
mit the use of a building for a purpose .other than that
spejihed in" the licence after satisfying himself that such a
change is sate and for smooth operation of the process ot
manufacture.
92. Interior of buildings to be suitably finished.—A build-
ing in which explosives or any ingredient thereof which either
by itself is possessed of explosives propereties, or which when
mixed with any other ingredient or article also present in'
such building is capable- of forming an explosive mixture or
an explosive compound, is kept or present, or in the course
of manufacture is liable to be, shall, be a danger building ;
and the interior of every such building, and the benches,
shelves and fittings in such building (other than the machinery)
shall be so constructed or so lined or covcifcd as to prevent
the exposure of any iron or steel aad the formation and
detachment of any grit so as to come into contact with the
explosive or ingredient thereof in" suoii building and such
interior benches, shelves and fittings shall, as far as reason
ably practicable, be kept free from grit and otherwise clean.
93. Provision of mound*.—Every building used for produc-
tion, handling, storage and testing of explosives in a licensed
factory unless otherwise exempted by the Chief Controller,
shall be surrounded by a substantial mound which shall b&
of a type and design approved by the Chief Controller.
94. Restriction of articles liable to spontaneous ignition.—
Oiled cotton, oil rags and oil waste and any article liable to
spontaneous ignition shall not be taken into any danger build-
ing except for the purpose of immediate 'supply and work or
immediate use in such building and upon cessation of such
work or use, shall forthwith be removed.
95. Use of special tools and implements.—Mo tools
ov
other implements shall be used, or allowed to be present in a
building used for carrying out process of manufacture (here-
inafter lefeired to as process building) unless they are of
wood, copper, brass or soft metal or maraud, or are covered
with safe and suitable material.
96. Particulars to be exhibited on process building.—There
shall at all times be prominently exhibited clearly and legib-
le
•j •
(a) on eveiy pioces building in the ijCwiisid factory the
• -V »l!-<:.T-—i:-h=r.; number as mentioned in the
...,>.i' .1 ,':ii .... :',: c! to the licence ;
(b) inside every process building a joticc shewing—
(i) maximum quantity of any explosives or ingredients
for such explosives that may be in -the building
at any one time as authorised by the licensing
authority;
lii) the maximum number of persons who may be in
the building at any one time as authorised by
the licensing authority.
97. Prohibition of smoking.—Except in
places especially
approved by the Chief Controller, no peison shall smoke
in any part of the licensed factory.
98. Protection against lightning.—(1) Every process buld-
ine shall have atta-'hed thereto one or more efficient lightn-
ing conductors designed'and erected ;n accordance wilh ths
specification laid down in Indian Sta.ndarJ Specification No.
2309 as amended from time to time.
(2) The connections to various pans and earth resistance
of the lightning conductor terminal ->n the building to the
earth shall be tested at least once in every year by a qualified
flectrica! engineer or any other compsfent person holding
a certificate of competency in this behalf from the
State
Fhctricity Department
A ceretificate showing the results ot
•.uch test and the date of last test shall be" hung up in a
-onspkuous place in the process buildia^.
99. Suspension of work during thunde-stoims.—Whenever
thuaderstorm appears to be imminsnt in the vicinity of
trie process building, every person engaged in or about the
building shall be withdiawn to a safe, distance and the build-
ing shall be kept closed and locked until the thunderstorm
has ceased or^the threat of the same nas passed:
Provided that where an operation is in process, stopping
of which would in itself contribute a danger in which case
tre operation shall be carried on to a point at which h can
be suspended with safety, and no such operation shall be
commerced during the storm.
100. Removal of foreign matter Ironi ingitdients.—No
substance shall be made or mixed.into an explosive in or
on licensed premises unless it has bsia thoroughly treated
by silting or other effective means for the detection
and
removal of all foreign objects and matter that might cause
danger if not removed.
101. Protection against fire.—(1) Dus provision shall be
nude by the use of suitable working olothes without pockets
and suitable shoes and searching and otherwise, or by some
ur i,1' jf such means, to prevent the introduction into any
d-mgor hnVing, of fire, matches or any substance or filxle
i'kdv to cause explosion or fire, and for preventing
the
introduction of auy iron, steel or grit into any part of the
danger building where it would be likely to come into contact
with explosive or wholly or partially mixed ingredients there-
of
(2) Nothing in sub-rule (1), shall apply to the use of such
aitificial lights as may be approved by the Chief Controller
for the purpose of manufacture.
102. Removal of explosives and materials expeditiously.—
(1) AH explosives processed in a process building shall im-
mediately be removed to the next process building or a licens-
ed magazine or store house, as the case may be, and no ex-
plosive shall be allowed to accumulate in any process
building.
(2) Where the process in the manufacture of explosives ia
a pieccss building has been complet< d, all substances that
huve been brought into the building lor use in that process
but HOC used, and that are not 'immediately required for use
in anothei process in the same building, shall immediately
be icrmned from the buMding.
(3) All operations under sub-rules U) and (2) shall be
carried cut wilh due diligence and caic.
103. Repairs to building.—(1) Before carrying out repairs
lo any building or part thereof including any machinery
therein, that building or part of it shall be cleaned by remo-
val of all explosives and ingredients thereof by thorough
washing of such building or part of it.
(2) If the repairs to the building or a part thereof require
use of any source of fire, licensee shall issue a written permit
allowing use of such articles under the supervision of a com-
petent person. A copy each of such penrut shall be preserved
for a period of three months and presented on demand by
an inspecting officer.
(3) If major repairs are done to a building or any part
thereof including any machinery therein, that buUding or
part of it shall not be taken into use unless the same is
pfimitted by the licensing authority.
104 Employment of competent persons.—No explosives
shall be manufactured in any building or part thereof except
under the supervision of a competent person employed by
the licensee. Such competent person shall be fully conversant
with the process of manufacture of explosives, hazards con-
nected therewith and the provisions of these mles.
105. Employment of young persons.-—Any person who has
completed the age of 18 years but not 21 yenx shall only
be employed after obtaining a birth certificate from a recog-
nised school which shall be preserved for at teast three
yeais.
106. Use of vehicles.—Every vehicle and every trolley or
receptacle in which finished or partly finished explosives are
transported in a licensed factory area, shall
fa) unless otherwise approved, have no exposed iron or
steel m its interior;
798
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PAST II—SEC. 3 ( I ) ]
(b) be closed or covered while tne explosives or its in-
gredients are being transported.
107. Maintenance of buildings, pWis and equipment.—
(1) Every building in or on licensed premises shjll always be
maintained in a fit condition.
(2) All plants and equipment in a licensed faaojy shall Be
legulaily serviced and maintained in a pioper ana fit condi-
tion by the licensee. A recoid of all such servicing and main-
tenance shall be maintained till the time of next servicing and
maintenance. In case of any major repairs or replacement to
any machinery or equipment, such record should be pre-
served till replacement ot such macninery and equipment.
108. Facilities for testing.—Proper testing fd;iliues as ap-
proved by Chief Controller for routine physical and chemical
examination of raw materials, intermediates and final products
shall be provided by the licensee in the licensed premis.es at
places specially approved by the Chief Controller :
Provided that the Chief Controller may direct the licensee,
D> a written order, to piovide such additional facilities at
such places which, in his opinion, are necessary for main-
taining desired quality and safe manufacture of explosives
in the licensed factory.
109. Disposal of waste explosives.—(1) The laboi atones,
process buildings and plant and machinery therein shall be
swept and cleaned at the end of each shift or eailier, if
necessary, and the sweepings shall be properly collected and
stored in a safe place.
(2) Adequate facilities for safe destruction under the super-
vision of a competent person and at a place app'oved by the
Chief Controller in the licensed premises shall be provided
by the licensee for the materials collected under sub-rule (1).
110. Stoppage of manufactuie of explosives.—If at any
time any operation in the process of manufacture of an ex-
plosive is no longer found to be safe or behaviour of the
explosive during the course of storage, transpct oi use is
no longer found to be safe due to change in the nature and
composition of explosive, or due to any other reason, the
Chief Controller may issue an order in writing directing the
licensee to discontinue forthwith the manufacture of sucfli
explosive- till such time the operation or the composition
is rectified to the satisfaction of the Chief Controller.
111. Exclusion from list of authorised explosives.—If the
Chief Controller of Explosives stops the manufacture of any
explosives under rule 110 or if any explosive is not manu-
factured for a continuous period of one year, such explosive
may be excluded from the list of authorised explosives by
the Central Government.
112. Maintaining records.—The licensee of a factory shall
keep uptodate records in the prescribed Forms and produce
the same before an Inspecting Officer. Such records shall
be retained for a period of minimum 3 years.
CHAPTER VI
POSSESSION, SALE AND USE
PART I—GENERAL
113. Licence for pfassession, sale and use.—fl) No person
shall possess, sell or use any explosive exceot under and in
accordance with a licence granted under these rules.
(2) Ihe licensee shall be responsible for all operations in
connection with the possession, sale or use of explosives
Which may be conducted, in the premises coveted by the
licence
114. No licence need for possession and sale in certain
cases.—(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in rule 113,
no licence shall be necessary for the possession—
(a) of any explosive by a carrier or other person for the
purpose of transport, when the simj is being kept
or transported in accordance with the provisions of
Chapter IV regulating, transport of such explosive;
or
(b) by any person of manufactured fireworks m any
quantity not exceeding 25 kgs. provided that the
fireworks—
(i) die obtained and intended by buch pers>on foi im-
mediate use and not tor sale and are possessed
by him for a period not exceeding 14 dajs; and
liij are kept in a substantial receptacle which is ex-
clusively appropriated to the keeping ot explo-
sive and is closed and secured so as to prevent
unauthoiised persons from haung access to the
explosives; or
(c) by any person for his own private use and not foi
sale of gunpowder not exceeding 5 Kgs. m any
state, other than Bihar, Kerala and West Bengal,
and of small aim nitro-compound not exceeding
5 Kgs. except in the State of Kerala, or 20 meties
of safety fuses for blasting oi of socked liquid
oxygen explosives in blast holes.
(d) by a Railway Administration of flare lights or other
explosives for its own use and not for sale to any
other person by transfer or otherwise for maintaining
railways, tracks, tunnels provided that the provisions
of the Act and these rules are ctheiwise complied
with.
(e) of any explosive, which is not for swle and is ic-
quired solely for the navigation of
aircraft, when
kept in an airciaft for use therein, or for distribu-
tion to other aircraft or to aerodromes or at an
aerodrome for use there or for distribution to air-
craft or to other aerodromes, piovided that the
maximum quantity so possessed shall
not exceed
25 Kg. when carried in an aircr ift and 50 Kgs. when
kept at an aerodrome :
Provided that in respect of" clauses <.b) and (c) the Cen-
tral Government may prohibit the possession of aay explo-
sives or prescribe conditions under which the explosives can
be possessed without a licence when con=ideied necessary for
the security of public peace.
(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in nile 113, no
licence shall be necessary for the sale of such exr'osives
manufactured by the Armed Forces of ibe Union and .Ord-
nance Factories or other establishments of such Forces as
are sold or delivered to any person who is in possession of a
valid licence issued under these rules for the class and quan-
tity of explosives so sold or delivered.
115. Possession in the licensed piemises only.—A person
holding licence for possession of explosives giantcd under
these lules shall store the explosives only in premises speci-
fied in the licence.
116. Protection from lightning.—(1) Every magazine or
store house shall have attached thereto one or more effi-
cient lightning conductors designed and erected in accordance
with the specification laid down in Indian Standard Speci-
fication No. 2309 as amended from tims to time.
(2) The connections to various paits of earth resistance of
the lightning conductor terminal on the bul'ding to the earth
shall be tested at least once in every year by a qualified
electi ical engineer or any other competent person holding a
certificate of competency in this behalf from the State Elec-
tricity Department. A certificate showing the results of such
test and the date of the last test shall i e huns up incons-
picuous place in the building.
117. Precautions
during
thundestorm.—Whenever
a
thunderstorm appears to be imminent in the vicinity of a
magazine or store house, every person engaged in or about
such magazine or store house shall be withdrawn to a safe dis-
tance from such magazine and store house and the rnaga7ine
and the store house shall be kept clised and locked until
the thunderstorm has ceased or the threat of it ha? passed".
118. Building to be kept clean.—(1) The interior of every
building or room used for storage of explosives and the
benches, shelves and fittings in such building or room «hall
be so constructed or so lined or covered as to prevent the
exposure of any iron or steel and the detachment of any
U)
&>u, 11 on, sitti Oi similar sub^iauce »o as to tome into con-
ta.i vmn uie explosive in sum band<ng, and &ucn incerioj,
Dwucnes, ciielves and Miings snaa,
SJ lai a^ is reasonably
pidctiu.oie, DO kept clean and tree froai glii
U) A ctmemed liougn av itdsi li ce.itimetiss deep studi
L.W piovicied iit'ai eacn enirai.ee or a. magnum, or SiOie House,
bucn uoflgn siiuil De K^l riUed witii clean wdtei and no
prison snau emcr me magazine or sioie house witnout dip-
ping oveisnoes or leet in sucn'a trougn so as to remove any
«iii or dust.
I,.}) Uued cotton, oiled rags oi oiled waste or any aiticks
iwoie 10 ipoutaneous ignition Oiall not be tasen into any
liiagazme or stoie houso used lor storage of explosives.
111). Maintenance of xetoids.—Every person holding a
lice-jce giantea under these mies to: pOo>e&ion, bale or
u!>e ol explosives shall maintain records i'i the pieseabed
I'oims ana shall produce such recoids »>n demand to an ins-
pecting officer.
12U. Kepaiiiiig of licensed magazine or stoie house.— Befoie
lepaiis are done to any magazine or stoie house or part
Uieicof used for storage ot explosives, taat magazine or
stoie hou^e ooaii be cleaned by removal of ad explosives and
by tnoiough washing.
121. Prevention of introduction of hazardous articles.—
The licensee or his
authorised
agent for the time
being
mcharge of a magazine or store house pi event peisuns em-
ployed or engaged m or about the magazine or store house
rrom taking hazardous articles or substances therein by main-
taining an effective system of search and also providing them
and making them weai, whenever they .ire in the magazine
or stoie house, working clothes, without pockets, and wiih
suitable shoes.
122. Piemises to be kept locked.—(1) Aay licensea maga-
zine or store house shall be kept securely closed or locked
at all times except when goods are being placed in or taken
from it or when it must be kept open for some other puipose
In connection with the management ot such, premises.
(2) The keys of the licensed magazine •-hall, <it a!l times,
be kept secured in licensee's own custody or of his authorised
agent anu shall be produced tor opening the magazine or
store house whenever so enquired by an inspecting officer.
Tee name and addiess of the person with wluun ihe keys
will be kept shall be intimated to the 'icensing authority and
the Controller of Explosives having jurisdiction.
123. Guards to be provided.—(1) The licensee shall at liis
own expense provide for round the clock safe custody of
the magazine or store house a guard which shall be of such
strength as the District Authority, may consider it to be
sufficient.
(2) The licensee shall provide a shelter lor tiie watchman
on drty near the magazine or store house.
124. Repacking or opening of packages.—(1) No packages
containing explosives shall be opened in the magazine or
store house.
(2) Repacking of explosives shall be done, where necessaiy
in an approved open sided shed having smoothy finished ce-
mented floor at a distance as approved by licensing authority.
125. Explosives not, to be kept in dam i.jed boxes.—The
licensee of every magazine Oi store housi shall ensure that
the explosives are always kept in their oiig^nal outer package.
In case the outer package gets damaged so that the explosives
contained therein cannot be stosed or transported, such ex-
plosives- shall be repacked only after the same are examined
by a Controller of Explosives.
126. Storage of explores in exvess of I be licensed quan-
tity.—(1) The quantity of any kind of explosives kept in anv
licensed magazine or stoie house shall not exceed the quan-
tity entered in the licence against such kind of explosives.
(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (1), the
Chief Controller may issue a permit, ->a payment of the
oresciibed fes to \ holder of licence iJi Fo.m 22 and such
holder of licence in I inn 21 who also have iicesice in
foim 20 (for the class of explosives) for keeping of explo-
sives in excess ot the licensed quantity enieied in the licence
when he is satisfied that such excess storage is essential and
unavoidable due to circumstances beyond me control of the
licensee. Ihe validity of such permit shall not exceed 30 days.
(i) Ihe licensing authority snail not issue any permit for
' excess storage ot explosives if tie magazine or
sioie house tannot ooseive thi requisite safety dis-
tun.es for the total quantity entered in the licence
pi as the additional quantity of explosives so per-
mitted.
(ii) No permit for storage of explosives in excess of
the licensed capacity shall be granted if the speci-
fied distances on the licence around the magazine
or store house or the floor srave m the srecified
looms foi storage of each kind of explosives is
not adequate for keeping of the total quantity of
explosives, including the excess quantity applied
for.
(3) The licensing autnority may refits to grant a permit
for excess storage of explosives if such excess storage is of
a repeated nature.
(4) No explosive in excess of the licensed quantity shall be
stored in the magazine or store house unle »s a permit' in
this behalf is obtained from the liceasing authority by a
leltei or telegram.
127. Permit for
temporary
possession of maufactured
fiuv«0iks in excess ot the licensed quantity—A permit may
us ru.nttd by the licensing authority to a holder of licence
in iorm 24 to possess in addition to quantity pel milted by
the licence,
any quantity of manufactured fireworks not
exceeding 125 kgs, for a period not exceeding 15 days at a
imie. provided that—
(a) no lule or condition of the licence other than that
presciibing the maximum quantity of fireworks to
be possessed is infringed ;
(b) the applicant pays prescribed fees for excess storage.
12fc Quantity of explosives to be pui chased in a givtn
period oi time.—A holder of a licence to po<s<iss, sell or ese
explosives shall pui chase only such quantity of explosives in
a given peiiod a^ may be specified in the licancs.
PART II—MAGAZINES
129 Storage in a magazine.—An explosive other thaa fire-
works safety fuse and liquid oxygen exp'osives shall be
stored either in Mode A oi M'ode B m:igaJ'ne as specified
in Schedule VH.
lid. Restriction on use of mode B magazine.—Mode B
magazine shall be used for storage of explosives required for
use for a temporary period foi a specific puipose and such
magazine shall not be used for sale of explosives..
131. Mounding of magazines.—A substantial mound shall
be provided near a magazine, if so required by the licensing
juthority. Such mound shall be of a type apprwd by the
licensing "authority and shall always be maintained in good
condition to provide effective protection.
132,_ Magazine or store house to be at ground level.—A
magazine or a
stole
house shair be constructed at ground
k>el only as a single storey building.
PAR! Ill—STORE HOUSE
1J3. Restrictions on storage.—No explosives, other than
ii'works and safety fuse, shall be stored in any store house.
134. Construction of store house.—(1) A store house shall
iie well and substantially built of brick, stone or concrete and
shall be so made and closed as to prevent unauthorised persons
having access thereto and to secure it from danger of fire
from without. Store house shall be well ventilated".
(21 Where a stwe house forms part of a building, the
cthet parts of which ate used for any other purpose, it shall
Ie iCDdiaied thereliom by suitable fire proof pirtitions arjd
• • > e
A
M
H
S
floor,
roof
a
r
i
d
d
o
o
r
s
s
h
a
l
l
b
e
o
f
fire
p
i
o
o
f
m
a
'
t
e
-
•
i
i
l
S
i
x
h
s
t
o
r
e
h
o
u
s
e
-
s
h
a
l
l
n
o
t
b
e
u
s
e
d
f
o
r
b
t
o
r
a
a
e
o
f
m
o
r
e
800
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
than five hundred Kgs. of fireworks or fifty thousand metres
of .safety fuse and shall be provided with independent entrance
•ird such other measures as may, in the opinion of IDe
ikensii.g authority, be deemed necessary in the intcies.t of
prevention of fire or accident. Such stors house shall be at
a minimum distance of one hundred melrjs, fioni .ny other
piemises used for storage of explosives, flammable subs-
tances or othet hazardous materials and shall not be used for
pale of explosives.
PART IV—POSSESSLON OF SMALL
ARMS
N1TRO
COMPOUND OR FIREWORKS AND SAFETY FUSE FOR
SALE IN FORM 24
lib. Construction of piemises.—(1) All explosives on the
premises shall be kept in a brick, stone or concrete building
v/jich is closed and secured so as to prevent unauihoiised
peison fiom having access thereto or :n i simiiaily Uose.l
ard secured substantially built receptacle (wnether or not a
fire proof safe) placed inside a dwelling house or other
building which is not itself qualified for the keeping of ex-
plosives
(2) The premises shall have a floor area of minimum nine
squaie metres.
(3) The piemises shall have independent entrance and
exist.
(4) If the premises are situated in a building used for other
purposes also, such premises shall not be situated undei a
staircase and shall be so located as not to obstruct any pas-
sage in fiom oi to the building in case oi firs or accident.
(5) fr>e piemises shall be situated at giound level.
136. Special precautions to be observed for fireworks. —< 1)
Subject to the other provisions of this rule fireworks shall
not be placed or kept in a shop window.
(2) Fireworks in the shop shall be kept in a spark proof
receptacle, or the original outer packet in which they were
received if that package is effectually sealed and in good
order and condition.
(3) A receptacle or package containing fireworks shall be
kept in a position away from and cleaj: of shop traffic and
to be separated from all articles of a flammable or combusti-
ble nature.
(4) Where a package containing fireworks is opened for
sale, the fireworks shall immediately be placed in a clean,
dust free and spark proof receptacle.
(5) A receptacle that contains fireworks shall—
(a) not to be used otherwise than as a container for
fireworks;
(b) not to be opened except when fireworks are being
placed in or taken from it;
(c) at all times to be kept clean and free from dust and
grift;
(d) not have in it any matches including Bengal Matches;
and
(e) not have in it any means of artificial lighting.
137. Safety distances to be
maintained.—The premises
licensed in From 24 for storage and sale of small arms nttro-
compound, fireworks or safety fuse shall be at a distance of
minimum 30 metres from any such premises or any other
premises used for storage of similar explosives, flammable
or hazardous materials.
138. Sale of other articles prohibited.—The premises in
which' small arms nitro-compound, fireworks or safety fuse is
kept shall be used only for possession and sale of such ex-
plosives and for no other purposes.
PART V—SALE OF EXPLOSIVES
139. Explosives to be sold in.na licensed piemises—No
person shall sell explosives from any premises other than
those licensed under these rules.
140. Defacing of markings
prohibited.—No person
who
sells any explosives shall alter or deface any printing or mark-
ing on the explosives or the packages thereof.
141. Restrictions on sale of explosives.—(1)
No person
shall sell any explosive to any peison who is not authorised
to possess such explosive under these rules.
(2) No person shall sell, deliver or cause to be delivered
to any person, any explosive that has deteriorated or is defec-
tive.
(3) A licensee selling explosives to a holder of licence in
form 23 shall endorse the transactions on such licence form.
142. Explosives not to be exposed for sale.—An explosive
shall not be hawked, sold or exposed for sale upon any high-
way, street, public thoroughfare or public place.
143. Small packages to be clearly marked.—An explosive
shall, as far as particable, be sold in original packages. If the
quantity sold to any person is less than the quantity of explo-
sives packed in the original packing, such quantity shall be
packed in a safe and proper manner in a substantial package
which shall be clearly marked with following markings.—
(1) name of the explosives;
(2) class and division according to Schedule I;
(3) quantity of explosives packed;
(4) licence number of the magazine from where the ex-
plosives were supplied and packed;
(5) name of the person who packed the explosives;
(6) date of packing.
PART VI—USE OF EXPLOSIVES
144. Competent persons to be employed.—No person shall
use explosives for blasting purposes unless he employs a quali-
fied shot firer holding a shot firer's permit granted
under
these rules:
Provided that for blasting operations in
mines coming
under the' purview of Indian Mines Act 1952, such _ shot
firer shall have qualification as are required by the Director
General of Mines Safety.
145. Restrictions on preparation of charges.—(1) An ex-
plosive of one description shall not be converted into an ex-
plosives of another description and an explosive shall not be
unmade or resolved into its ingredients.
(2) The explosives of Class 2 or Class 3 shall be used in
their original cartridge packings and such cartridges shall not
be cut to remove explosives for making cartridges of different
sizes.
(3) The licensee shall get prior approval of the authority
which granted his licence for preparation as is allowed by
these rules.
146. Restrictions on conveyance of explosives to or at
the blasting site.—(1) Explosives shall only be conveyed from
the licensed storage premises or about the site in original
unopened packages or in covered containers used solely for
that purpose.
(2) Explbsives shall not be taken to a point neaier than
50 metres from any site until such site is ready for charg-
ing.
(3) Explosives shall not be conveyed in any vehicle with
;>ny other rnoteiials, tools or implements other than that re-
quired for .the purpose of blasting.
(4) Explosives left over after the day's work shall be re-
turned to the licensed premises from which the same were
taken.
fS) The ifmir.iiier? u\e<1 for cnrjing exolo°ives from origf-
•ial packages shall be maintained thoroughly cleaned and dried
and shall be kept closed when not in use. The containers
801
shall be p»o jied with, either handle: or canning straps of
adequate strength and shall be cbn;>picuousl> marked with
the word "Explosives".
(6) Detonators shall be conveyed in special containers.
These shall not be carried with olhei explosives. Batteries,
dry cells and other source of electric energy shall not be
carried in the vehicle carrying detonators.
147. Explosives to be examined before use.—(1) Explo-
sives before use shall be visually examined for any visible
defects and any defective explosives shall not be used.
(2) Any explosive showing signs of deterioration of any
kind should be reported immediately to the licensing autho-
rity and such explosive set aside for examination by such *
authority.
(3) Gun .powder which is found to be caked owing to the
moisture shall not be used.
(4) Frozen nitro-glycerine explosives shall not be used until
thawed. Where freezing i$ likely to occur only low freezing
explosives shall be used.
148. Precautions to be observed at site. —(1) The electric
power at the blasting site shall be discontinued as far as
practicable before charging the explosives.
(2) No work other than that associated with the charging
operations shall be carried out within 10 metres of the
holes unless otherwise specified to the contrary by the licens-
ing authority.
(3) When charging is completed,
any surplus explosive,
detonators and fuses shall be removed from the vicinity of
the hole and stored at a distance which would prevent sym-
pathetic detonation in the event of a charge detonating
prematurely in any hole.
(4) The wholes which have been diarged with explosives
shall not be left unattended till the blastings is completed.
(5) Care shall be taken to ensure that fuse or wires .con-
nected to the detonators are not damaged during the placing
of stemming material and tarhping.
149. Suitable warning procedure to be maintained.—The
licensee
or
a
competent
person
appointed
by
the
licensee to be incharge of the use of explosives at site
shall lay down a clear warning procedure consisting of warn-
ing sig"ns and audible signals and all persons employed In
the area shall be made fully conversant with such signs and
signals.
150. Precautions to be observed while firing.—(1) The end
of the safety fuse should be freshly out before being light-
ed.
(2) The exploders shall be regularly tested and maintain-
ed in a fit condition for use in firing. An exploder shall not
be used for firing a circuit above its rated capacity.
(3) The electric circuit shall be tested for continuity before
firing. All persons other than the shot-fker and his assistants,
if any, shall be withdrawn from the site before testing the
continuity.
••
(4) For the purpose of jointing, the ends of all wires
and cables should have the insulation removed for a maxi-
mum length of 5 cms. and should then be made clean and
bright for a minimum length of 2.5 cms. &nd the ends to
be jointed should be twisted together *o as to have a posi-
tive metal contact.
151. Precautions against stray currents.—Where electri-
cally operated eauioment is used in locations having con-
ductive ground or continuous metal objects, tests shall be
made for strav currents to ensure that electrical firing can
proceed safely.
1^2. Person incharge to be responsible.—The licensee or
a <~onipefent person employed by him to be incharge of
blasting operations shall _ take all precautions against fire or
acHdent involving explosives.
i. > Blasting opeiations ifl mines.—Nothing in rules 146,
i4b to 151 shall apply for Waiting operations in mines
under the puiview ot Indian Mines Act, 1923 and &uch
operations shall be carried out according to rules framed
under that Act.
CHAPTER VII
LICENCES
154. Application for licence.—(1) A person desiring to
obtain or lenew or amend a licence under these iules shall
submit an application in writing to the authoiity empowered
to giant, renew or amend such a licence.
(2) The application shall be signed by the licensee or
applicant himself, as the case may be, or by a person autho-
rised by him in writing in this behalf and shall, in the latter
case, be accompanied by such authorisation.
(3) Eveiy application for grant of a licence in form 20
to manufacture explosives shall consist of following—
(a) an application in form 3 ;
(b) plans of the proposed buildings and the site drawn
to scale. The site- plan should show full approach
road net work to the factory;
(c) a description of situation, character and construction
of all mounds, buildings (production, non-produc-
tion, stores, administrative etc.) and safety distances
observed by each building;
(d) a description of process/work to be carried out ia
each building or part thereof;
(e) a description of plant and equipment and its location
provided in each building or part thereof;
(f) a description of explosives and ingredients thereof,
whether wholly or partially mixed that will be pre-
sent in any building or machine at any one time;
(g) a description of maximum number of persons to be
employed in each building;
(h) a description of any special constructions v/hich the
applicant may propose by reason of special circum-
stances, arising from the location, situation or con-
struction of any building or works, or the nature* of
process or otherwise;
(i) prescribed scrutiny fee;
(j) in case where application is made in the name of
a company, the names and addresses of Directors
and partners and the name, address and specimen
signatures of person or persons authorised to sign
correspondence in respect of licence applied for.
Any change in such names and addresses should be
immediately communicated to the licensing autho-
rity.
(4) Every application for grant of a licence in Form 21,
Form 22 or Form 24 to possess explosives for sale or use
shall consist of the following—
(a) an application in Form 4 or Form 5, as the case
may be;
(b) plans drawn to scale of the proposed premises and
of
the
site
on
which
such
premises
are
situated. The site plan should clearly show the
complete ^proach road net work, nearby land
marks, distance's from nearbv protected works:
(c) drawings of the premises and fhe mounds, if provid-
ed;
(d) prescribed scrutiny fee;
fe) in case where the application is made in the name
qf the company, the names and addresses of the
Directors and partners and the name, address and
specimen signatures of person or perrons authorised
to sign correspondence in respect of licence applied
for. Any change in such
names and addresses
should be immediately communicated to the licens-
ing: authority;
802
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC, 3(i)]
(5) Application for grant of a licence in Form 23 shall
consist of the following—
(a) an application in Form 5 or Form 6, as (he case
may be;
(b) plans s' jwing site, location and construction details
of the premises. The site plan should clearly show
complete approach road net
works,
sunounding
areas, land marks and safety distances observed;
(6) An application for grant of a licen"? in Form 25 for
a Road Van shall consist of the fo'loving-
(a) an application in Form 7 ;
(b) drawings of the Road Van showing the complete
details of construction and other ancillary equip-
ment provided.
(c) prescribed scrutiny fee ;
(7) An application for grant of a licence in Form 20,
Form 27, Form 28 oi Form 29 shall consist of the follow-
ing—
(a) an application in Form 8, Form 10. Form II or
Form 12, as the case may be;
(b) prescribed scrutiny fee.
(8) An application for 'grant of a Shot Firer Permit shall
consist of the following—
(a) an application in Form 9; and
(b) prescribed scrutiny fee.
155. Grant of licence.—(1) Licence may be granted by the
authorities specified in column 4 of Schedule IV in the Form
specified in column (2) for the purpose specified in column (3)
thereof on payment of fees specified under these rules :
Provided that no new licence in Form 20, 21 and 22 shall
be granted unless the provisions of the rule 156 have been
complied with:
Provided further that the licensing authority may waiv*
all or any of the provisions of rule 156, if—•
(i) the premises proposed to be licensed is within a tac-
tory licensed under these rules for manufacture of
explosives and the required safety distances are
tinder the control of applicant;
(ii) the premises for which the new licence is required
are situated within the same survey number, in
which the applicant has an existing premises and a
current valid licence for the same and the required
safety distances are available within the safety dis-
tances of such existing premises ,
(b) no licence for cnufacture of explosives other than
liquid oxygen explosives shall be granted or renewed to a
person for his factory not registered under the Factories
Act, 1948 (63 of 1948), un'es« he executes a bond in Form 18
!n favour of the President of India indemnifying persons
injured or dependents of deceased workers in the event of
an accident in the factorv an amount of Rs. 25.000 for fac-
tories manufacturing unto 200 kgs. of Gunpowder or Fire-
works at any one time and Rs. 50,000 in every other ca;e;
(2) (a) Licensing authority may grant a licence for the
period deemed necessary but not exceeding—
(i) 6 months to import explosives in Form 27 and to
export explosives in Form 28 ;
(ii) 15 days to a cultivator to possess explosives for own
use in Form 23 ;
(Hi) 1 month for Public Display of Fireworks in Form 29.
(b) Every other licence granted or renewed under these
rules shall remain in force until the expiry of the financial
year immediately foltowing the financial year in which it
was issued.
{L) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (b), the
hcen-ing authonty where it is satisfied that a licence is re-
quired for a spe ific work or festival whLh is not likely to
last upto expiiy of the financial year for which the licei.ve
is g: anted oi renewed may grant or renew a licence for such
period a* ii actually necessary :
Provided that the daie bo specified does not extend beyond
the expiry of the financial year following tb? year in which
the licence is. granted or renewed.
(3) An a'ipli ant for grant of a new licence in Form 24
or Form 29 may apply to the District Authority for a certi-
ficate to the effect th'.t there is no objection to the applicant
receiving licence for the site proposed and the District
Authority shall, if he sees no objection, grant such certi-
ficate to anpli ant who shall foiward that certificate to
licensing authority with his application.
(4) The licencing authority may refer an application not
accompanied by a certificate granted under sub-rule (3) to
District Authoiity for his observations.
(5) If the Dis'
' '••'*.••••
•': er on a reference being
made to him, or • ' .
• • '
•:;••. to the Cheif Controller
or the Coniiolle
• '• . '
•
- the case may be, that
any licence which has been applied fT should not in his
opinion be granted, silch licence shall not be issued without
the sanction of the Central Government.
(6) No licence to import explosives shall be necessary in
cases where the explosives imported—
(i) is not intended to be stored on the port of import
but is intended to be transported direct to a terri;
tory not being part of India;
(ii) can be possessed without a licence under rule 114.
(7) An application for a !i:ence to use explosives shall, if
the operations are to be carried on within 100 metres of
a railway line, obtain fiom the Railway authority concerned
a certificate to the effect that there is no objection to the
anplicnnt receiving a licence for the site proposed and for-
ward a certificate to the licensing authority with his applica-
tion.
(8) A cultivator applying for a licence in Form 23 shall
obtain a certificate from agricultural fieldmnn or a Gram
Sewak or any other local authority to the effect that—
(a) the certifying authority has inspected the site and ii
satisfied that levelling of ground is necessary or
removal of tree stumps is necessary or sinking of
well r- necessary or sinking of well has been part'y
completed, as the case may be: and
(b) further work which is necessary is not possible with-
out blasting and forward the certificate to the licens-
r"
authoiity with his application.
(9) An application for grant of a licence to manufacture
Ammonium _ Nitrate Fuel Oil explosives (ANFO) at site for
own immediate use or to pocsess for own use liquid oxveen
explosives 'hall be accompanied by a certificate irom" the
Director General of Mines Safety that the si<e where such
explosives nre to be possessed a«d us.»d is under the control
of the apnUcpnt an-l copies under the purview of Indian
M'nes Act, 1952 a^d the applicant is authorised to use
linv'd orvs?'n _ explosives or ANFO explosive and conduct
n'nins operations in the area proposed to be covered bv
ffee licence.
156. Procedure to be observed before a licence in Form 20,
21 or 22 <'<; granted—<"1) A licensing authority on receipt
of application and the particulars as provided under sub-
rule (3) or (4) of rule 154 shall scrutinise the documents
prv* forward to the ppniicant a statement showing the distances
in Form 17 which shouM in his opinion be kept clear in
and around the factorv or magazine premises or nnv part
thereof anri from other building and woriro On receipt of
the statement the applicant shall enter tf>« exact distance
wh'rh e n nrhnlry b e so kept dear, shall s:sn the statement
""' i™} return it together with aiv representation which he
m v desire to nake to the licensinc authority,
(2) After considering any representation iiadp bv the
rr-nf^rt >w!er „ * nil- (I) and after making such enquiries
803
as deemed necessary, the liceasing authority maj further
scrutinise the application and ask the applicant to make
changes consideied necessary.
(3) Aftei icceiving correct documents as per requirements
ot the e ru.es, the licensing authority shall refer the appli-
cation to—
(i) the D.stHCt Authority concerned together with a
descuption -of enquiries to be tamed out, a diatt
licence and a statement in t-orm J8 showing the
distances'which he consider;, ,hould be kept clear
in and round the factory, magazine or store house ;
(ii) any othei authority foi such enquav as deemed neces-
sary
(4) Upon icceipt of the said
application the District
Authority shall forthwith came noti e to be pub i*hed of
such application and of the time and place at which he will
be prepared to hear it, and calling upon any person object-
ing to the establishment of the factory or magazine or sto-e
house on the
proposed site to give notice of such objection
to him and to the applicant of not less than seven clear days
before the day fixed for hearing the application together
with his name, address and calling and a short-statement of
the grounds of his-objeaions. The day of hearing the" appli-
cation shall be a day following, as soon as practicable, after
the expiration of the period of one month referred to in
sub-rule (6).
'
(5) Where the site of the proposed factory or magazm©
lies wifhin 1.5 km. of the limits of the jurisdiction of any
town planning, municipal or port authority, the applicant
shall prepare, for service on such authority, a notice Of the
application and of the said day of hearing.
(6) The notice under sub-rule (4) shall be published and
the notice under sub-rule (5) served, at the expense of the
applicant, by the District Authority not less than one month
before the said day of hearing.
(7) On the day fixed for the hearing or any day to which
such ' hearing may be adjourned from time to time, me
District Authority shall hear any objection preferred in ac-
cordance with sub-rule (4) and by any authority referred to
m sufe-rule (5) and shall make such enquiry as he may deem
necessary.
JS)
On completion of the enquiry the District Authority
shall, forward the application, statement and plans to the
licensing authority together with a report of the procedure
followed by him and whether he has any objection to the
applicant receiving a licence at the site proposed.
(9) The District Authority shall complete his enquiry under
sub-rules (4) to (7) and forward the report to the licensing
authority as expeditiously as possible *mt not later than six
months of the date of the reference nude by the licensing
authority.
(40) Tf the District Authority objects to the grant of the
icence on anv of the grounds specified in sub-rule (3), no
licence shall be granted by the licensing authority except
with the sanction of the Central Government.
(\l\ Notwithstanding anything contained in this rule pro-
visions of sub-rule (3) except 3(i» and sub-rules (4) to (10)
shall not apply m case of an application for grant of licence
to manufacture, possess and sell Liquid Oxygen explosive!
c 7 5v?f usf ° r t o t h e manufacture of Ammonium Nitrate
Fuel Oil explosives fANFO) at the site of use.
157. Procedure to be followed for Riant of a licence in
torm 22 to possess small quantity of explosives for own
"sev~Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rules (3)
to (7) of rule 156. where the licensing authority is the Chief
Controller or a Controller and where the quantity of explo-
sives proposed to be possessed for own use under a licence
in Form 11 ^oes not exceed 100 kgs., the applicant may
applv to the District Authority together with nn application
m Form 5. statement in Form 17 and the necessary plans
Z»
^
CT n t.u f
a
c?. r t l f i c a t e ^ the effect that there is no
obiect-on to the apohcant receives a licence for the site
proposed and the District Authority *hafl. if he M I no
oBieenon pfter conduetine emtmriM a. r<.«,,!,a.,- ,,«j._ «*„_
97GT/81-14
rues, grant such certificate to the applicant. who may for-
ward it to the licensing authority together with his appli-
crlion
158 Procedure to be observed foi grant of a shot firer's
permit.—(1) The licensing authority or an authority autho-
rised by him in this behalf shall conduct such examination
and enquiries as deemed necessary before granting a permit
to any shot-firer
Provided that no examination of the shot-firer may be
n-re-sary if the licensing authority is satisfied that applicant
po-sesses requisite qualifications and experience.
(2) The applicant shall pay prescribed fees for the exami-
nation, if any, under sub-rule (1).
159. Procedure on grant of no objection certificate by
the District Authority.—The licensing authority on receipt
of No Objection Certificate from the District Authority for
grant of a licen e may make such other enquiries as deemed
^necessary and take further action for the giant of licence:
Piovided that if the licensing authority does not receive
the No Objection Certificates under rule 156 within the time
limit or any extension thereof, such authority may advise
the applicant accordingly.
160. Refusal of No Objection Certificate.—An authority
refusing to gran' a 'No Objection Certificate' as required
under rule 156 shall record in writing its reasons for such
refusal and communicate such reasons and the facts of the
case to the licensing authority.
161. Procedure on grant of a licence for a magazine,
store house or to manufacture explosives.—(1) Two copies
of every licence granted by the Chief Controller or the
Controllei shall be forwarded to the District Authority and
in case the licensing authority is the Chief Controller, the
original licence shall be forwarded to the * Controller in
whose jurisdiction the premises are situated.
(2) If the Controller, after inspection, is satisfied that all
the requirements of these rules and the conditions of the
licence have been complied with, he shall forthwith endorse
the licence, but unless and until so endoised, the licence
shall not come into force :
Provided that when a licence "cannot be endorsed forthwith
it shall come into force from such date as the licensing
authority may order in writing.
(3) If the Controller of Explosives decides not to endorse
a licence, he shall immediately return the licence to the licens-
ing authority together with a statement of his reasons for
not endorsing it.
<4) On receipt of statement referred to in sub-rule (3),
the licensing authority, after making such enquiry, if any,
as he may consider necessary, communicate his decision to
the applicant and the District Authority.
162. Procedure on grant of a licence to possess and 'ell
explosives, to transport explosives or to possess explosives
for own use by cultivators or other persons.—(1) A copy
of every licence granted tn possess and se't exo'osives in
Form 24 o- to transport explosives in Porni 26 shall be for-
warded to 'he District Authority concerned
(2) The District Authority shall forward a copy of licence
m Form 23 to possess explosives for own use by cultivators
or other persons to the Controller having jurisdiction over
the area
163. Particulars of licence.—Every licence granted under
these rules «hall be held subiect to the observance of these
rules and the conditions endorsed on it and .shall contain
nil particulars which are contained in the form prescribed
for it bv these rules.
164. Amendment of licence.—(1) Any licence granted under
these rules may be amended By the authority prrmcrwered to
trpnt the licence -provided that -arrwndmem shall not
he
inconsistent with the provisions of these rules.
8 0 4
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. iWJ
(2) A licensee who desires to hav3 his licence .tended
shall submit the following particulars to the licensing autho-
rity, namely:—
(a) an application stating natuie of the amendment and
the reasons therefor;
(b) the o-iginal licence together with enclosures to it;
(c) plans showing the details of the proposed amend-
ment if such plans are reqniied by the Lcemrng
authority for the purpose of amendment;
(d) prescribed scrutiny fee ;
(e) pies:iibed amendment fee.
(3) The licencing authority after scrutiny of the documents
submitted under sub-rule (2) above ani after making such
further enquiries and taking such action as deemed necessary
may take suitable action to amend *he licence.
165. Renewal of licence.—(1) A licence may be renewed
by the authority empowered to grant SK h licence, provided
that a licence which has been gianted by ths Chief Controller
may be renewed without any alteration by a Controller of
Explosives duly authorised by the Chi-f Conti oiler m this
behalf:
Provided that a licence which has been granted by the
District Authority may be renewed withcit any alteration by
a Sub-Divisional Magistrate or an E\e,rjt" e ME'gis'rnte, or
a Taluka Magistrate duly authorised by the District A .thority
in this behalf.
%
(2) The Controller authorised by the Chief Controller under
sub-rule (1) may, and when so required by the Chief Con-
troller, shall require the licensee to follow the procedure
laid down under sub-rule (I) of rule 156 before rerewing
licence in Form 20 or Form 21 or Form 22.
(3) Every application for the renewal of a licence shall
be made so as to reach the licencing au'hority or the autho-
rity empowered to renew the licence^ at least 30 days before
the date on which the licence expires, ind if the application
is so made, the licence shall be deemed to be in force until
such date as the licensing authority renews the licence or
until an intimation that the renewal of the licence is refused
has been communicated to the applicant.
(4) Every application under sub-rule (3) for renewal of
. the licence shall be accompanied
by the following docu-
ments :—
(i) application in Form 13 ;
(ii) the original licence together with i*s en. 'osures and
approved plans, Schedules and Forms ;
(iii) prescribed renewal fee
(5) The same fee shall be charaed for the renewal of a
licence for each year as for grant thereof •
Provided that if the application for renewal is not received
within the time specified in sub-rule (3). the 'kence shall be
renewed only on pavment of dovb'e : r fee as ordinarily
payable for the licence :
i
Provided further that if the renewal ppDliration together
with complete 'documents specified ander sub-iule (4) is
received by the licensing authority afte*- the dt-ts of expiry
but not later than 30 days from the date of exm'-y; and if
the licensing authority j s satisfied that such de'ay is bevond
the control of the licensee, the licence may, without nreiudice
to any other ac'ion that may be take-i in this behrlf be
renewed on payment of double the fte ord;naiflv navable
for the licence.
(6) In case of an application for the renew.-i> of the licence
for a period of more than 1 year at a time, the fee pres-
cribed uncer proviso of sub-rale (5). 'f nayahie. ^hall be
paid only foi the fir't financial year of ;;rswal
(7) Every licence granted under these rules other than a
licence granted for a specified period shall b« renewable for
2 years where there has been no contraventions of
the Act
or thf rules framed therein or of any condition of the licence
so renewed.
(8) Where a liccn-e lenewed to: more than one financial
year u auntnuereJ before its expiry, the renewal fee paid
sor thj unexpired
portion of the licence shall be
refunded
,o the licensee pioviued that iu refund of lenewal fee sbail
!>e trade foi any financial year dunng which—
(a) the licensing authority received -the renewed licence
tor surrender ;
ib) any explosive is received or stored on the authority
of the licence.
(9) No licence shall be renewed if the application for re-
newal is received by the licensing authority after 30 days of
the date of its expiry.
(101 When a licence is renewed by the Chief Controller
)r a Controller, an intimation to that effect shall be sent
o the District Authority concerned.
166. Refusal to amend or renew a licsnre.—(1) The licens-
ing authority refusing to amerd or
rene\v a licence shall
reco'd its reasons foi such refusal in writing.
(2) The licensing authority shall refuse to renew a licence
if such licence can be revoked in accordant with the Act
or mles framed th^-eonder.
(3) A brief statement of reasons for refusal to renew a
icence shall be given to the holder of the licence on demand
anless in any fase the licensing authority is of the opinion
ihat it will not be in public interest fo furni-h such state-
ment.
(4) Where the renewal of the licence is refused, the fee
paid for the renewal shall be refunded to the licensee aftei
ileduc ing the propoitkmate fee for the period beginning from
the d.ne fiom which the licenc" w?s to be renewed up to the
date on which renewal theieof is refused.
167. Suspension and revocation of licence.— (1) An order
of suspension or rcvo.-stion of a licence shall take effect from
>he d tj specified therein and shal be deemed to have been
erved if sent by post to the address of the licensee entered
n tbi licence.
(2) The si""nension of a licence shall not debar the holder
of the licen"e from anplving fo^ its renewal in accordance
with the provisions of Ru'e 165
168. Procedure on expiration, suspensim or revocation of
licence—d) A licensee on the expiration, suspension or
revocation of his licence forthwith give notice to the
licens-
'n£> rvtho-ity of the description and cr'amitv of exp'osives
r*> his possscs'on r>nd shall comply with any directions which
the licencing authont" may give in regard tc (heir dispcsal
(2) Tr>» 'icensing authority may grant for a term not
exceeding three ."onths from the date of expiration, sus-
pension
or revoca'ion,
as the
case tray be, a temporary
licence for the possession and sale of the exDlosives actually
heM Pi the tine of the issue of the temporary licence.
f3) The fee chargeable for a licence granted under sub-
; ile (2) shall bear the same proportion to the fee charged on
lie e\pi e<? or revoked licence as the period covered by the
timporaiy licence bears to a Ml year.
569 _ Appeals.—(1) An appeal against an orJer of licensing
su*hority_ refrsin? to prant or renew a licence or suspending
or i-e-'oidng a licence or varying the conditions of a licence
*hiM lie—
(i) if the order is passed by the Chief Controller to
the Cental Government; and
(ii) if the order is passed by the Controller to the Chief
ControHer.
(2) Every apoeil shall be preferred in accordance with
the p/ovisions of the Act rnd shall be rrcsented w'thin
iO Jays of the date of the communication of such order.
_ (3) Every appeal shal! be accompanied fey fees specified
in ru es 176 and 177 snd the fees shall be refunded to the
appellant if the appeal is upheld by the appellate authority.
805
170. Procedure to be ioJowed by the appellate authority.—
On receipt of the apped and it such appeal can be admitted
in accordance with the Act, the appellate authority may call
for records of trie ease fiom the authoi.ty who parsed the
order appealed against and may make such further enquiries
as it may deem necessary and after giving the appellant a
reasonable oppoitunity of being heard, pass final orders.
171. Procedure on death or disability of licensee.—(1) If
a licensee dies or becomes
insolent or mentally incapable
or otherwise disabled me licence granted to him under thtte
lules shall stand cancelled on the dat; of licensee's death
oi ha me >ul llvapabl';iy or his insohen >
(2) The leg.il heus or lepresentatives of the bcen.ee inferred
to in sub-rule (1) shall as soon as may be, notify the
licensing authority—
(a) the date of death, insolvency, mental incapability or
other disability; and
(b) the stock of all explosives xeot at the licensed pre-
mises, and shall await the directions of the licens-
ing authority with reeatd to the disposal of such
explosives
172. Loss of licence.—Where a licence granted under
these rules or an authenticated copv thereof granted under
rule 173 is lost or accidentally destroyed, a duplicate may
be granted on pajrnent of fees, specified in rules 176 and
177.
173. Production of licence oi pass on demand.—(1) Eveiy
person holding or acting under a licence •
i..' w. ':: !'v-c
rules shall, when called upon to do so by
• •' i..1
..:•:«..I
in sub-rule d) of rule 179, produce it, •. : : .:":'!.:> i •.,•.<
copy of it, at such time and place as may be directed by
such officer.
(2) Every person in charge of a con&igp-nent or explosive
in transit under cover of a pass issued undei these rules shall
produce it when called upon to do so bv any officer specified
in sub-rule (1) of rule 179
(3) Copies of any licence may, for 'he pm poses of this
"le be author,*]-ated f-eo of crrrj-- K 'lie oiitho <ty -which
granted tho licence.
174. Executhe control over authorities.—Every authority
other than the Central Government acting under this Chap-
ter shall be subject to the directions and control of the
Central Government:
Prov!ded that nothing in this rule shall be deemed to affect
the powers of executive control of the Chief Controller over
the offi cis suboidinate to him.
CHAPTER VHI
FEES
175. Procedure for payment of fees —The fees payable
under these rules shall be paid in the following manner—
(1) Fees payable to Chief Controller shall be paid by a
crossed Postal Order or a crossed Bank draft drawn
in favour of Fiy & Accounts Officer. DeoaTtineit
of Explosives, Nagpur. The bank draft should be
drawn on any nationalised bank and pavable at
Nagour. Fees upto Rs 100 in each case, may also
be paid in cash at the office of Chief Controller.
(2f Fees payable to o Controller of Explosives shall be
paid by a Crossed Postal Order or a Crossed Batik
Draft drawn in favour of the Controller of Explo-
sives to whom the payment is made.
The Bank
Drafts shall b e on anv nationalised bank payable
j>t the station where office of Controller to whom
rmvmerit is to be made is located Fees upto Rs 100.
in eccb c s e , miy also be r/isd n
cash at the
office of Controller concerned.
(1> keep
ryyable to District Authority u- anv
other
authority under these rules sh»ll be paid in such
manner a<s mav be
specified by that authority
176. Fees other than licence fees.—The
following
fees
uiher than licence fees shall be payable under these rules—
(1) For inclusion of any explosive in the authorised list of explo-
sives (see rule 6)—•
(I)
Scrutiny fee for each proposal
R.b
100.00
(ii)
Testing fes for each sample of
Ri
500.00
explosives
(2) To test each sa>nple of imported
Rs
25.00
explosives, (see rule 28).
(3)
(i) for testing each sample to issue
Rs.
25.00
certificate of safety in Form 1
(see rule 34)
00
To renew each certificate issued
Rs
25.00
under (i) above without iresh
test,
(m)
for
testing each
sample to
Rs.
200 00
re.iew certificate issued under
(i) above .ifter fresh test.
(4) Scrutiny fee for approval of manu-
Rs.
500.00
factoring process for any new-
explosive (see rule 89).
(5) For storage of explosives in excess
Rs. 200.00 for first
of licensed capacity at any one time
5 days and Rs.
(see rule 1261.
300.00 for every
additional 5 days
or part thereof.
(6) For permit for temporary possession
Rs.
50.00
of fire works in excess of licensed
quantity (see rule 127).
(7) Scrutiny fee for application for grant
of a licence to manufacture [see <mb-
raic (3) of lule 154] -
0)
any explosive other thaa those
Rs.
1000.00
mentioned
under
(ii),
(iii),
(iv) & (v) below
(ii) site mixed a-rmo'iium nitrate
Rs.
100.00
and fuel oil explosives
(in)
Liquid
Oxygen"
explosive
Rs.
100 00
(iv) (a) Fireworks or Gunpowder
Rs
100.00
upto 200 kg^ at a time
(b) Fireworks or Gunpowder
Rs.
500 00
exceeding 200 kgs. at a time.
(v) coloured matches
Rs.
200 00
(8) Scrutiny fee for each apphcat.on for
grant of a licence to possess for
use
or sale of explosives i i Form 21 or 22
Rs.
100.00
[see sub-rule (4) of rule 154].
(9) Scrutiny fee for each application for
Rs.
25.00
grant of a licence to possess and sell
explosives in Form 24
(10) Scrutiny fee for applicition for grant
Rb.
100.00
of each licence to import or export
explosives.
[:>ee sub-rule (7) of t u b 154]
(11) Scrutiny fee for application for grant
Rs.
20.00
of each licence to transport explo-
sives [see sub-rule (7) of rule 154]
SU6
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[FART II—SEC. 3(i)l
02) Scrutiny fee for each application
Rs.
100 00
for grant of a licence for a road van
[see sub-rule (8) of rule 154]
(13) Scrutiny fee for application for grant
Rs.
100.00
of each licence for possession and use
of Public Display of Fireworks.
{jee sub-rule (7) of rule 154].
(14) Scrutiny fee for each application for
Rs.
5 00
grant of a Shot-Firers Permit [see
sub-rule (9) of rule 154],
(13> For examination for grant of a Shot-
Rs.
20 00
Firer's Permit (see rule 158)
(16) (a)
Scrutiny fee for application
for amendment of each licence
(see rule M)—
(i) in Form 20 to manufac-
Rs.
50.00
tuje explosives
(ii) in
any
other Form
Rs.
20.00
(b) Amendment fee fore ich licence
Rs.
30 00
(see rule 164)
(c) Scrutiny fee for any change in
manufacturing process of an
Rs.
50.00
explosive
(17) For appeal against an order of a
licensing authoriy(see rules 169 &
178)—
(i) if such appeal is preferred to
Rs.
100 00
Central Government or Chief
Controller.
(ii) if such appei 1 is preferred to
Free of charge
immediate offlcirl superior to
District Authority.
(18) For issue of a duplicate copy
of licence(se3 rule 172)
Rs.
50.00
(19) For approval of—
(a) a packing box or container
Rs.
500 00
(b) a new design of equipment.
Rs.
1000 00
machinery ore inmate vehicle
used
for manufacture
and
tra^.spMi ofexpbsive.
(c) a magazine ModeB
Rs.
1000 00
(d) any change in the composition
Rs.
200.00
of an authorised explosive
(2)) Lightning Conductor testing fee
.Rs.
100.00
for each test.
177. Licence fee.--(l) The following fees shall be payable
per year for eac'i liceice issued under these rules -
(i) to manufacture explosive
(Form 20)
(a) of class 2, 3, 4 & 5 other Rs. 500.00 per 1000
than site mixed Ammo-
tonnes or part there-
nium Nitrate Fuel Oil
of of the installed
explosive
annual plant capa-
city for each explo-
sive
subject
to
a
miximum of
Rs. 10,000 00
(b) of class 6
Rs. 500.00
per 1
million
metres
numbers or past
thereof of the ins-
talled annual plant
capacity of each
explosive
subject
to
maximum of
Rs. 10,000 00
(s) of class 1 ?nd 7
Rs. 200.09 for a
factory miTifac-
turing u^to 200
kgs. at a time and
Rs.
500.00
for
every additional 50
kgs. at a time or
part thereof.,
(d) of class 8
Rs.
1000 03
(e) site mixed Ammonium
Rs.
500 00
Nitrate Fuel Oilexplosive
(ii) to possess and sell explosives (a) Rs>. 200 00
for
(Form 21)
ev'ery 1000
kg.
or
part thereof
of the
licensed "
capacity of each
explosive of class
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 or
8.
(b)Rs.
50.00
for
every 10000 met-
rcs/noi. of each
explosive of Class
6.
(iii) to possess explosivos for u^e (a) Rs. 150.00
for
(Form 22)
every 1000 kgs.
or patt
thereof
of the
licensed
capacity of each
explosives
of
class 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
7 or 3.
(b)Rs. 40.00
for
every 10000 met-
res/nog, or part
thereof of each ex-
plosive of class 6. .
(iv) to possess and sell explosives
Rs.
150.00
(Form 24)
t.
(v) to
transport
explosives
R.S.
200.00
(Form 26)
(vi) for a road van (Form 25)
Rs.
500.00
f2)The following fees shall be payable for each licence to—
(i) Import explosives (Form 27)
Rs.
2 30 00
(ii) export explosives (Form 28)
Rs.
2'10 00
(iii) possess and use for Public
Rs.
2JJ.00
Display of fireworks
(iv) possess for use explosives by a
Free of charge
cultivator or other persons
(Form 23)
CHAPTER IX
POWER OF OFFICERS AND PENALTIES
178. Dangerous practices.—(1) If in my matter whi 'h is
not provided for by any express provision of, or cord tion
of a licence granted under these mles and Controller finds
any factory, magazine or place where an etploiiie is being
manufactured, possessed or sold, or used or any pa't thereof,
or anvthing or practice therein ui coai.cued thviewuh or
with the handling or transport of explosives, to be unneces-
sarily dangerous or defective, so as in his opinion, to tend
to endanger the public safety or the bodily .safetj of an\
807
penon, such Controller may, by nn order in willing, riquire
the occupier of such factory, magazine or place, or ttw owner
of the cxplouve, to remedy the same within such lime ES may
Lie specified in the outer.
(2) Wheie the occupier or ownei j'ojeui to an older
made I'ndcr sub-iulc (1). he may appeal to thj Chief Con-
tioller within the time specified in the order and the"~ order
of the Chief Controller on such appeal sh ill be final,
(3) bveiy appeal piefencd under sub-rule (2) shall be in
writing and shall be accompanied by a copy of the older
appealed against.
(4) If the occupiei or owner fails to comply with on order
mude under sub-rule (1) within the time specified in u or,
where nn appeal is preferred under nub-iule (2i, fails to com-
ply v, ith the order of the Chief Controller thereon within
the time fixed in such older, he shall be deemed to have
committed a breach of this rule.
17y. Foweis of search and seizure,—(1) Any officer speci-
fied in the first column of the table beicm may within the,
areas specified in the corresponding entry
in the second
column of that table- -
fa) cnler, inspect and examine anv place, airertift, car-
riflflc oi vessel in which an explosive i« being manu-
factured, possessed, used, sold, transported, exported
or imported under a licence Branted under these
rules, or in which he has rca»on to believe that an
explosive has been or w being manufactured, pos-
sessed, used, sold, traniported, exported or import-
ed in contravention of the Act or these rule*;
(b) search for explosives or ingredients thereof;
(c) take samples of any explosive or ingredients found
therein free of charge; and
(d) seize, detain and remove any explosive or ingredients
thereof found therein together with connected docu-
ments thereof in respect of which he has reason to
believe that any of the provisions of the Act or thes-e
rules have been contravened.
TABLE
Officers
(1)
The Chief Controller and Controller
of Explosives.
All District Magistrate
All Executive Magistrate subordinate
to the District Magistrate.
All Commissioners of Police and
Polic: Officers of rank, not below
that of a Deputy Superintendent
of Police
The Director General Mines Safety
and officers subordin-itc to him.
Areas
(2)
All part is of India
Their reipcctive districts
Their respective juriidic-
tions.
The area over which
their authority extends.
The respective areas over
which their authority
attends.
(2) Whenever any officer other than the Chief Controller
seizes, detains or removes any explosive or ingredients tbete-
ot or any connected documents thereof under this rule, tie
shall forthwith report the fact by telegram to the Chief
Controller and the Controller under whose jurisdiction the
place where the explosives were seized f,iHs and whenevet
ariy officer not being the District Authority seizes, detains
or removes any explosives or ingredients
thereof
or any
connected documents thereof under this rule, he shall forth-
with report the fact by telegram to the
District Authority
concerned.
H) Whenever my e.iploiives m» iti'.ttl they shall be Uuied
up in ftn isolated place under adequate gunrd until examina-
tion hv Chief Conuollei or Controller and receipt of instruc-
tions from him ai to their disposal.
ISO. Power to destroy explosives and iugjedicaU th»reoi,—
111 The Chief Controller or u Controller—
lul ihdll destioy any explosive, whcnevoi found—
(I) the manufacture, possession or import oi" which
has been prohibited absolutely undei section 6
of the Act; or
(ill if the explosive belongs to itle ith ^Fulminate)
class and is being manufactuieo possessed, used,
iold, transported, exported oi impoiled illegally
without ii licence under these lule.-.;
(r>) may destioy or lender harmless any other explosive
or ingredient thereof in respect ot which the Chief
ControIIei oi Controller has reasons In believe mat
any of the provisions of the Act oi these iule»
have been contravened or which in his upinion are
no lonfier hi foi storage, transpoit or use and inc
matter appcttn to be urgent to such Controller and
fraught with serious dangci to public.
(2) Whenever the Chiei C.ontiollei oi •» Conlioiler destroys
any explosive oi ingredient thereof oi renders it hm miens
tinder lub-iulc (t), he shall take and keep a sample thereof
provided if m hij opinion such sample can be taken, trans-
ported and kept safely for the period required without any
danger to any life or property and if required, give a portion
of the sample to the person owning the explosive oi having
the same undei his control at the time of scizurr,
(3) Where any cxplonive or Ingredient thereof is destroyed
by a Controller, he shall report nil the facts to the Chief
Controller. The explosives shall be destroyed or rendered
harmless as provided under this rule -t the iMpense of the
occupier of factoii. magazine, store home or place or the
owner of the explosives.
181. Procedure on repoits of
infringement.—Whenevei
any report is made to the District Auhority by the Chief
Controller or Controller of an infringement of the Act or
of these rules. District Authority shall take immediale action
and shall infoim the Chief Controller or the Controller, as
the case may be, of the action taken by him on such report.
CHAPTER X
ACCIDENTS AND ENQUIRIES
182. Notice of accident.—The notice of an accident re-
quired to be fliven under section 8(1) of the Act shall be
given forthwith—
in) to the Chief Controller of Explosives by Express tele-
gram (Tclcfiiaphic address--EX PLOSIVES, NAG-
PUKj followed within 24 hours by a Ictlei giving
particulars of the occurrence ;
(h) Controller ot Explosives in whose juiisdictljn acci-
dent has taken place ; and
(c) to the OfJicci-in-Chaijje ot the nearest Police Sta-
tion ;
ponding the visit oi the Chiei Controller, or his reprcgenia-
tive. or until iniliuction is icceived from the Chief Controller
or his representative that he does not wish any further in-
vestigation or inquiry to be made, all wreckage und debris
shall be left untouched except in so far :ii its removal may
be necessary for the rescue of persons injuied, and recovery
of the bodies of any persons killed, by the accident or in
the ciise of ueiodrornes ot iiiiluays, foi (tie lesioralion of
through communication.
183. Piocfduie at couits of inquiry.—'1) I hi; ControIIei
shall airange with the Heads of Armed loites oi Oidnancc
1 actories or othei establishments- ol such foices to be re-
PiesentcJ at Court;, uf Inquiry where he so desires. The
Chief ControIIei will be provided with copies of the pro-
ceeding1, of Court1. wheie he is not ivprcienttd. The Heads
of Armed F'oices oi Oidnante l-HCtoi'ei oi other entabliih-
nicni* ot iiii.li forces, an the case mfiv be,
ahall co operate
wlih die Chiei Controller hy informini him immediately of
occurrence-) liable- to lead fo the tummoning of Courts of
tnqu!i> on" maiteis of miereat to the Chief Contioller us
indicated by him.
808
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC, 3(i)]
(2) The Chief Controller may attend in person or send a
representative and in either case he shall have power to
examine witness, where he so desiies.
184. Inquiry into accidents.—(1)
Whenever
a District
Magistrate, a C. : • -.•'. *:.> '.•: < f Police or a Magistrate sub-
ordinate to a •! . ..-. '.' :"»r.ii-. holds an inquiry under
settion 9(1) oi me ACI he snaii adjourn such an inquiry
unless the Chief Controller oi an officer nominated by him
is present to watch the proceedings or tiie Magistrate has
icceived information from the Chief Controller that officer
does not wKh to fend a representative.
(2) The Magistrate shall, at least 21 days befoie holding ;he
adjourned inquiry, send to the Chief Controller notice'in
writing of the time and place of holding the adjourned in-
quiry.
(3) Wheie an accident has been r."sr.;>r? v..*u
1-.s of
human life the Magistrate, before ::': «>!.»Mi ::: w
may,
take evidence to identify any bodies
•,: v..
i' <. - i: i1 dis-
posal thereof.
(4) The Chief Controller or his representative rhall be at
liberty at any such inquiry to examine any witnesses subject
to the order of the Magistrate on point* of jaw.
(5) Where the Chief Controller is not present or represented
at any inquiry held by a District Magistrate or a Commissio-
ner of Police or a Magistiate subordinate to District Magis-
trate a copy of the report of the proceedings thereof shaU
be sent to him.
185. Inquiry into more serious accidents.—(1) Whenevei
an inquiry is held under section 9A of the Act the persons
holding such inquiry such hold the same in open court in
such mannei and undet such conditions as they may think
most effectual for ascertaining the causes and cheumstances
of the accidents, and enabling them to Tiake the leport under
this rule:
Provided that where the Central Government so directs
the inquiry rrtay be held in camera.
(2) Whenever an enquiry under sub-rule (1) above is held
by a person other than the Chief Controller, such person
shall arrange for, the Chief Controller to be represented
-at Mich enquiry including am adjournment thereof.
The
pei son holding the enquiry shall, at least 21 days before
holding the inquiry or any adjourned inquiry, send to the
Chief Controller a notice in writing r>f the lim" and place
of holding such inquiry. The Chief Controller may attend
in person or send a representative and in either case he
shall have power to examine witnesses where he so desires.
(3) Persons attending as witnesses before this Court
shall
be allowed such expenses as are payable to witnesses attend-
ing before a civil court subordinate to the High Court hav-
ing jurisdiction in the place where the inquiry is held. In
case of dispute as to the amount to be allowed the question
shall be refened to the local magistrate who, on request by
the court, shall ascertain and certify the proper amount of
such expenses.
(4) All expenses incurred in relation :o an inquiry or
investigation under this rule shall be deemed to be part of
the expenses of the Department of Explosives.
186. Repeal and savings.—(1) The Explosives Rules, 1940
are hereby repealed.
(2) Notwithstanding such repeal—
(j) all licences or duplicates thereof granted or renewed
under the said rules and all fees imposed or levied
shall deemed to have been granted, renewed, im-
posed or levied, as _ the case may be, under the
corresponding piovisiotis of these rules, and
(ii) all approvals given and all powers conferred bv or
under anv notrficatiort or rule rtall, so far as they
are consistent with the Act and these rules, be
deemed to have been given or confeired by or under
these rules.
[F. No. 2aO)/79-MIA*CI]
R. N. CHOPR V \ddl. Sfcy.
SCHEDULE I
CLASSES OF EXPLOSIVES
(See Rule 3)
Evploiives, ate divided into 8 classes as follows:--
Class - 1 : Gun Powder
Cluss - 2 : Nitrate-mixtuie
Class - 3 : Nitio-compound
Clacs - 4 : Chlorate-mixtuie
Class - 5 : Fulminate
Class - 6 : Ammunition
Class - 7 : 1 ireworks
Class - 8 : Liquid Oxygen Explosives
Class I - Gun powder Class
'Gunpowder' means gunpowder ordinarily so called.
Class - 2 Nitrate Mixture Class
"Nitrate-mixture" meads any preparation, other than gun-
powder, which is formed by the mechanical mixture of a
nitrate with any form of carbon or with any carbonaceous
substance not possessed of explosives properties,
whether
sulphur be or be not added to such preparation, and whe-
ther such preparation be or be not mechanically mixed with
wnv other non-explosive substance, and includes any explo-
sive containing : re::! '• . v :•..! not being a chlorate-mixtuie,
fnlmimte or •.:••• f ::••>'p." :• defined in this Schedule.
Cla«s 3—Nitro-compound Class
(1) "Nitro-compound" means any chemical
compound
whijh is possessed of explosive properties or is capable of
combining with metals to form an explosive compound, and
is produced by the chemical action of nitric acid (whether
mixed or not, with sulphuric acid), or of a nitrate mixed with
•ulohuric acid, upon any carbonaceous substance, whether
such compound is mechanically mixed with other substances
or not.
(2) The Nitro-compound class has
two divisions namely
Division 1 and Division 2.
|
f3) Division 1, comprising any chemical compound or
mechanically mixed preparation which consists, either wholly
or partlv, of nitro-glycerine or some othei liquid nitro-com-
pound that is such explosive's as Ballistic Blasting Gelatine,
Cordite, Dynarrsife, Gelatine Dyna-nite, Gelignite, etc.
(4) Div'sion 2, comprising an\ nitro-compound, which is
n
u
t
c
o
m
p
r
i
s
e
d
i
n
D
i
v
i
s
i
o
n
1
t
h
a
t
i - -
f
-
x
p
l
j
•
P
V
s
u
c
h
a
s
A
m
m
o
-
rn' EC. Sporting Powder, gun-cotton. Pictn'c Acid, Smoke-
less Diamond, Trinitro-toluol (T.NT.)etc
Class 4—Chlorate mixtuv Liass
(1) "Chlorate-mixture" means anv e\n1"M\e containing a
ch'orate.
(2) Chlorate-mixture c'as^ has 2 d'V s:ons namely Divi-
son 1 and Division 2.
(3) Division 1. compii'sing anv ch'o u'e prepauition which
consi''s pir*!v of nitroglycerine or of icnie othej liquid
ilfro-cornpoimd.
(4) Division 2, enrnprising any
hlontc mixture which is
pot coitpiised in Division 1.
Class 5—Fulminate Class
(11 "Culminate" aieans, any chemical compound or mecha-
nical mixture whatever, which from [U, great suceptibility to
detonation, is suitable for employment in percussion-caps or
inv other appliances for developing defoliation, or which,
[torn its extreme sensibility to explosion, and from its great
instability (that i<? to sav, readiness to undergo decomposition
from
very slight exciting causes),
is
specially dangerous.
809
(2) The Fulminate class | consists of two divisions namt*\
db lsion 1 and division 2.
(3) Division 1 comprisihg such compounds as the f'il-
minate of silvei and of mercury, and prepaiations of those
substances such as arc usied_ m percussion caps, and any
pieparatkm consisting of a (nixture of chlorate \vi\h phosp)io-
ros, or certa;n description}? of compounds of phosphorous.
with or without the a !aitioi[i of carbonaf eous matter and any
preparation consisting of al mixture of a chlorate with sul-
phur or with su!phuret with or without cirtonaceous matter
(4) Division 2* convii&es such substances as the chloride
and the Iodide of Nitrogen, Fulminating Gold and Silver,
Diazobenzol and the Nitrati of Diazobenzol, lead \?ide and
Tetrazine
Class 6—Ammunition C'ass
(1) "Ammunition" mearts an explosive of any of the
foregoing classes when the t same is enclosed in any case or
contrivance, or is otherwise adapted or prepared so as to
form fa) a cartridge or charge for small arms, cannon or
any other weapon, or (b) a safety or o*her fuse for blasting
or for shells, or (c) a tube for firing explosive, or (d) a per-
cussion cap, detonator fog signal, shell, torpedo, war rocket
or any other contrivance o'her tr>?n ;i firewoik
(2) The ammunition clas^ has three jfviMons namsly Dhi-
sioT 1, Division 2 .-nd Division 3
(3) Division 1 comprises I exclusively ol (i) Safety cartridges
(i:) Safety fuses for blasting (iii) Railway foe; signal and 'ivl
Percussion caps
(4) Division 2 comprises any ammunition which does not
contain its own means of ignition and is not included in
Division 1, such as cartridges for small-arms othsr than
safety cartridges, cartridge^ and cha-gse for cannon_ shells
and torpedoes containing anv explo^ivss tubes for firing ex-
plosives, and war rocket, whi'h do not contain their own
menns of ignition.
(5) Division 3 comprises anv ammunition which contains
its own means of ignition and is not included in Division 1,
such as detonators, fuses for biastine which are not safftv
fuses, tubes for firing explosives containing tVir own means
of ignition.
Note.—The expression ''ammunition containing its own
rre'ins of ignition" means ammunition hrWng an arrangement.
wrtsther attached to or forpfins nart of the ammunition which
is idppte-i to exrlode or flre the ammunition bv friction or
petcirsion "Percussion cap" does not 'nclnde a defonatoi.
C1a«s 7-VFirPuorks Class
(1) Firewo-ks Class has two divisions, namely Division t
mri Division 2
(2) Division 1 comprises of firework.* composition that is
to say, any chemical compound or rmcbamw'lv mixed pre-
paration of ar> explosive tor infhmmable nature, which is
iis?vi for the purpose of mpking mamift*tnif>d fiieworks, and
is not an fxn'o^'vp of classes 1. 2. 3
i
5 C any «tar
a^d any coloured fire composition
Provided that a substantially constructed hermeticallv closed
metal case containing not more than 500 grm. of coloured
fire cornoosjtion of such a nature ss not fo bcliable to spon-
taneo'n ignition shall be deemed *o be "« manufactured fire-
work" ?nd rot a "firework composi'ion"
d) Division 2 fireworks comprises manufactured fireworks
i t to say anv explosive Of class 1. 2. 3. 4, or 6 -in<5 anv
fireworks comnosifion when such explosive o- composition is
enclosed in any case or contrivance or other art'Vles specially
jirf^nteri for the "rorfnrtiori of pvrp^»chiii • effect for pvrofech-
n'" ciana1 or «ovnJ signa's
(4) Division ~> fire"rv-l,si comprises 3 «nb-divisior>s nameiv
Sub dHsion, Sub division 2 and Sub-division 3.
(5) 'Ji'b-dh ision 1 of Division 2 fireworks comprises low
nazs'd fireworks which, in the oninion of Chief Controller
are n-TMwlv innoT.niK in themselves and are not liabl? to
explode violently or all at once eg sparklers, cninese crac-
ke»s nmo'ces and Roman candles.
(6) 5ub dmaon 2 df dhHon 2 firework compnses high
jij/ii(! fntwoil.'
'huh. in tht opinion of thief Controller,
present a special hazdid to a peison eg. locktts, serpents,
Sibils, naioon5, wheeK, bair^ges
fount.uin,
illumination
pieces, distiess S'gnais etc
(7* Sub Jivision ' of di\i'-ion 2 fheworks compuses such
Fuewoiks v hich aie assemble! a* site pu el\ for the purpose
of aispl )\
Class S—Liquid Oxvgen Explosives Class
••JiqunJ
()\>gen t.\plosi\es" means an absorbent
carbon
ateous mateiwl such as wood pulp, caibon black, metal
powder, coa! dust etc. impregnated wi'h liquid ail o' liquid
«x\een with or without the addition of oiber ^u'nsiances.
SCHEDULE II
Packing of Explosives
(See Rule 8)
(1) In this Schedule un'ess the context otherwise requires—
the expression "out^i package" means a box, barrel,
case or cylinder of wood, metal, or other solid
mate. ..!, of su>.h sttength, constius.tion and charac-
ter as not to be liable to be broken or accidentally
opened o> to become defective ~>T insecuie or to
allow an explosive to escape ;
the expression "inner package" means a substantial case,
bag, canister, or other receptacle, made and closed
so ag to prevent any explosive from
escaping;
where\er an explosne is distinguished as belonging
to a particular class or division of a class, the refer-
ence k to the clarification specified in Schedule I;
the expression "propellant" means an authorised ex-
plosive of the 3rd ("Nitre Compound) Class adapted and
intended exclusively for use as a propelling charge in can-
non or small arms.
(2) The interior of every package shall be free from grit
and otherwise clean
(3) Sa\e as provided in the table appended to this Sche-
dule there sha'l be no iron or steel in the construction of
any package unless the same is covered with suitable mate-
rial so as effectively to prevent the expoiure of such iron
or steel.
(4) \ package when actualh used for the packing of one
exnlosive shall not be used for the packing of any other
explosive or of any other article or substance •
Provided that nothing in this clause shall be deemed to
prohibit—
fa) the packing in the same outer
package of inner
packages confining a propellant together with inner
packages containing gun powder or another pro-
pellant ; or
(b) the packing in the same package of any article
which is not of an inflammable or explosive
na-
ture ; or liable to cause fire or explosion together
with an explosive of the 1st Division of the 6th
(•Ammunition) Class.
(5) Nothing in this Schedule shall be deemed to prohibit
the use of an additional package, whether inner or outer,
of a' character not expressly prohibited in writing by the
Chief Controller.
(6) Use of metal bands wires on packages is prohibited
unless specifically authorised by the Chief Controller in
relation to packine of any explosives.
(7)
material of which the packages and their closures
are made must not be liable to attack bv the contents and
form harmful or dangerous compounds therewith.
(H) Packages must be sufficiently rigid and strong In all
their parts to prevent any loosening durfne transport and! to
meet notmal requirements of such transport. Solid substances
shall be firmly secured in their packages, and inner packages
RlO
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART 11—SEC:. 3(i)]
shall be firmly termed 'P outer package*, Unless otherwise
specifrd inner piLl.Tgt-'i mm
he cm'loied in outer ivickngef
either single 01 in g'Oupv
(9) Cushioning niiiteri.il. if used, shall he suited to Ihe nature
of the contents of ihe pnekaiiei.
(1(11 \n explosives that is not nuthoiised explosive shall be
pecked in such .1 manner as mav be directed h\ the Chief
Controller with lefercnce to such explosive.
Ill) la) The outer package shall be used ortlv once for
packinfi and transport of explosives.
(b) When thr. explosive contained in outeT package are
n-mo\fd thf-rcfinm the omei package shall be destroyed or
disposed iif in Mich 11 manner that cannot be re-inej for tiny
purpose.
(121 Where metal boxes are Hired, they shall be fitted with
dosuiei or safety devices yielding when the internal prcs-
suic reaches ft vtilue not greater thnn 3 kg /cm. ' Such clo-
sures or safety devices shall not impair Ihe strength of metal
boxes Boxen made of zinc sheet or uhimnrnm shrill be com-
pletely lined with wood or fibre board.
Tten
(1)
1.
3.
A.
I
5
6.
7.
H.
9.
n No,
Class
(2)
Class I
C;J-,S 2
Situ M'K-d An-
monium Nitrate
Fuel Oil mixture-
(ANFO)
Class 3 D vhion
olh;r thin pro-
p-llants.
Clasi 3 Division
1 Propsllants
Class 3 Division
2
other
than
Picric Acid, Wet
Gun
Cotton,
Penta-Erythritol
Tctrinitrat':
RDX, Terinitor
Retorcinol (Sty-
phnic Acid)
Picric Acid
GJT CMtoris'J
w;ttii With wl-
ter a? to be ab-
solutely uninfla-
mmable.
Pema-Ervthritni-
TeLnnitratc (P.
E. T. N. Penth-
rite) containing
25% of nniiture.
Method of packing
(3)
When the quantity in any one consignment does not exceed 2,5 kg., a single
outer package,
'
When ihe quantity exceeds 2.5 kg., a duble pfekege, the lnnei and cuter
packages b;ing a<i defined in clause (1) of this Schedule. Tr.ner packages
ifmadeofmrtal shill b; secured by ctishioninjj material
Ths miterial except site mixed Ammonium Nitrate Fuel OJ] explosive shall
b: suitably cUrtridged in wrappings made of suitble plastic material or
pm.'rs so ft? to make it impermsahle and protect from damp. Furllier
picking as for CUss 1.
A, in,i5v;d by chijf Cjntroller.
The milcrial vhill be cartridged in wrappings made of paper 01 polythene
that his bsen ma.de impirmetible, The wrapping should aho pjctect t^e
m Uerial from damp,
Furthir packing ns for Class 1, provided that either the outer or inner pack-
age shall b: thoroughly wateiproof and thai no metol shell be lutcl in the
c in,truction of the packages, except thiit (1) nails made of brass, zmc
or other soft metal or coated with the same may be used for securing the
outer package, and (2) wire sticbing may lie used for securing the inner
package if the wire is effectively prevented from coming into contact with
th: explosive by miannof a sheet of stout carboard or.otheiwite
As for Class 1
As for Class 1
Ai for Class 1
As for Class 1, provided that the inner or outer package or both of them shal
b: of su;h nature, and so closed, as to prevent any material loss of mois-
ture.
Tn double package, the inner package shall be a polythene bag closed at the
top with twine thread and placed in a bright lin container. Both the bag
and the tin container shall be so closed as to prevent any material loss of
moisture. The outer package shal] be as defiiud in clause (1) of the Sche-
dule and so closed as to prevent any materid 11 oss of moki lire.
Amcunts in any
one outer pack-
age
(4)
50 kg.
Provided thri v
and
propellai
together the 1
exceed.
25 kg.
:ikg.
:5 kg.
25 kg.
25 kg.
Unlimited
1 Unlimited
22.Jkg.
(dry basis)
r Amrunt in oriy
one inner pack-
age.
(J)
2.5 kg.
vbere gun | cwder
its
are packed
imount shall not
2.5 kg.
2.5 kg.
2 5 kg
= 5kg.
2'kg.
Unlimited
Unl mitid
11 2.1 kj\
(drv basis)
811
Iten
1
10.
Jl.
12.
13.
14.
15. (
16.
17. (
18. (
1 No.
Class
RDX
Tri-Nitro-Resor-
cinol (Styphnic
Acid)
Class 4 Division
Class 4 Division
Class 5
3nss 6, Division
I, othr thin Pm>
flre cartridges foi
pistols.
Pin-fire cartrid-
ges for pistok
^lass 6 Division :
3lass 6, Division
3, other than
Detonators and
Electric Detona-
tois.
Method of packing
.3
As for Pl-TN
• As Tor Class 1, provided that Trinitte-RcLOiur.o] (Siyplimc Acd) shall be
wetted with not less than 20% of water calculated on the wet explosives
and that the inner package shall be a substantial bag, case or canister so
nude andcloscd as to prevent anyloss of moisture ore\caperfcsxplosives.
1 As for Class 3, Division 1, other than propellents
2 As for Class 1
The explosive shall be packed wet containing not less tlmn 25 % wrier, and
shall,in this condition becnclosed in a treble package; the inner nio^t pack-
age; containing the wet explosive shall be a bag of heavy cotton cloth or
other suitable material of close mesh but permeable to water; the inter-
mediate pickage shall contain all the individual packages and sufficient
water to koep the explosive in them constantly wet, and may,consistent
with the requirements of the security of the whole package, be in the form
of a mbbor bag, or of a case, or of such spscial lining to the other packages
as will efficiently attain this object, and it must itself be contantly surrounded
by Or saturated with water, the cuter package containing sufficient
water constantly to surround the case. Doth the intermediate package and
tho outer pJckage shil! bi of su:h construction and material as will not
allow water to escap;.
if the explosive is of su;h character thai it cannot be packed in a thorough
wet condition, It shall b; packed in accordance with conditions prescribed
by the Chief Controller.
A single outer paokage.
Provided that clause (3) of this Schedule sh.ill not apply to csplosives of thi
:
Division;:
Provided also that bulletcd cartridges of a calibre exeeding 1.27 cm. and
belonging to this Division shall be packed in such a manner that the point
of any bullet cannot come in contact with the cap of another cartridge.
(a) Not exceeding 50 in number in any otic consignment—So packed in a
single package that the bases lie alternately in opposite directions. The
bases and pins shall be so fitted into perforations in millboard or other
suitable material as to prevent the firing of any one of the
said
cartridges by «n explosion in -my other of the said cartridges.
(b) Exceeding 50 number -In an inner and outer package, the cartridges
bslng packed in inner packages with millboards a* above required.
2 Explosives made up into cattridges or charges for cannon, shells, torpedoes,
mines,blastlngorotherlikcpurp^-csshall be packed in such monncr
and in such quantity as is required for the same explosive when not so
made up :
Provided that, where a double package is required, the enclosing case of such
cartridges or charges may, if it satisfies the conditions required for on in-
ner packge, bo deemed to be such inner package.
Other ammunition of this Division- A single outer package.
At for Class'1
Provided that bulleted caitridges- of a calibre exceeding 1.27 cm. and be-
longing to this Division shall be packed in such a manner that the point
of anv bullet cannot come in contact with the cap of another catridge.
Amount in any
one outer pack-
age.
4
22.5 kg.
(dry basis)
25 kg. of
wet explosive.
25 kg.
25 kg.
100 kg.
ily
Unlimited
s
JO in number
2500 in number
50 kg.
25 kg.
1
r
t
8
Amount in any
one inner pack-
age.
5
11.25 kg.
(dry basis)
25
kg. of
wet explosives.
2.5 kg.
2.5 kg.
12.5 kg.
50 in number.
kg. or 10 in
lumber, which-
:ver
be
the
[water
97GI/81—15
812
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
ften
1
19
20,
21.
22.
21.
i No
Class
Detonators
Electric Detona-
tors
Class 7, Division
1
Class 7 Division
Class 8, L.O.X.
(Liquid CKygen
Explosives)
Method of parking
3 '
(a) Not exceeding 1,000 in any one consignment. As for Class 1, provided
that the detonators and the spaces between the same and between the side'
of the inner package and the said detonators shall all be filled as far as
practicable, with fine sawdust or other similar material; a layer of fell
or other soft yielding material shall be placed between both ends of all
the detonators and the interior of the inner package in which the same
are placed, in such manner and so secured, that both ends of the deto-
nators will rest upon the said cotton woo] or other material, every inner
package, if of metal to be lined throughout with the paper or other soft
material,
(h) Etcaadiug 1,030 djtonitors. The detonators shall bo packed in inner
packages, with sawdust and cotton wool as above described. Such inner
packages shall be placed inside a substantial case of wood or metal, made
and closed w as to prevent any of the inner packages escaping therefrom,
and such case shall be placed inside an outer package in such manner
and so secured as to leave a clear spaco of not less than 7,5 cm. betwee
the case and every part of the interior of the said outer packages, notwith-
standing that such clear space may, if preferred, be filled with sawdust,
straw or other similar material or may contain a light framework or
battens of wood to keep the case aforesaid in position in the outer pock-
age,
(c) Where the number of detonators exceeds 5,000 such outer packages
shall be provided with handles or other contrivance, by means of which it
can be safely and conveniently carried,
As for Class 1, provided that where the number in any outer packege exceeds
3,000 such outer packages shall be provided with handles or other contri-
vance, by means of which it can be safely and conveniently carried.
Double package, the inner package being hermetically closed and contains
in an outer package as above defined.
Single outer package, provided that clause (3) of this Stht chile shall not apply
to explosives of this class and Division.
Cartridges packed and transported for immediate use in insulated packing
boxes of a design approved by the Chief Controller.
Amount in any
one omei pack-
age
4
1,000 in number
10,000 in num-
ber
n
5,000 in number
1
10 kg.
50 kp.
Amcunt in anv
one inner pack-
age
5
100 in number.
100 in number.
1(10 in numbei.
0.5 kg.
—
SCHEDULE III
Methods of Testing
(Sec Rule 21)
An explosive of the 3rd (Nitro-compound) Class or of the
4th (Chlorate-mixture) Class shall comply with the tests set
forth in this Schedule as applicable to such explosive.
THE HEAT TEST AS APPLIED TO EXPLOSIVES
I—Apparatus and Materials employed,
Sped- Pattern
Article
flcation No.
1
2
3
A
... Acid, acetic
56.8 ex. bottle
1
I Balance
1
II Bath, water
1
III Bath, water, for hot water
1
heating*
IV Beaker, glass, l i litres
1
V Bottle, dropping, brown
1
glass, 28.4 cc. (for
glyce-
rine and water mixture)
1
2
3
VT Bottle, glass-stoppered, brown
1
glass, 28.4 cc. (for standard
tint papers).
VII Bottle, glass-stoppered,
1
brown glass, 56.8 cc (for
tost papers).
VIII Brush, cleaning
2
IX Brush, cleaning, test tube
1
X Burner,
gas, Argand,
and
1
screen
XI Caps, for test, tubes
A sufficient
supply.
B
XTI Chalk, French
A
sufficient
Supply
XTII Forceps, lifting, heat test
1
papers
XIV Funnel, aluminium
1
•Alternative pattern for use where hot water is available.
N.B.—The apparatus and materials are to comply in all respects with the specification and standard patterns. The standard
patterns, except No. XXI are held by the Deputy Warden of the Standards, Board of Trade. Pattern No. XXI is
hold by H.M. Inspectors of Explosives, Home Office.
8i3
Speci-
fication
C
D
E
Pattern
No.
XV
XVI
XVT1
XVlll
XIX
XX
xx r
XXII
xxin
XXIV
XXV
XXVI
XXVII
XXV11I
XXJX
XXX
xxxt
XXXII
XXXIII
xxxiv
XXXV
XXXVI
XXXVII
xxxvm
XXXIX
XL
XI.1
Article
Funnel, glass
Glycerine 28.4 c.c. bottle
Knife, cordito
Lid, water bath
Mill, cordile
Needle, piercing, heat test
papers
Oven, water
Paper, filtrc
Papers, filtrc, 5.5 cm.
Papers, standard tint
Papers, lest
Pestle and mortar, wedge-
woodware
Plate, glass, resting heat test
papers on when piercing
Rings, rubber, (est tube
Rod, glass, flat-headed
Rods, glass, platinum wire
hook
Scoop, aluminium
Screen, burner for water bath
Sieve, rectangular, tinncd.brass
wire
Sieves with lid and base, cir-
cular, brass
Spectula, horn
Stand, heat test tubes
Stand, water bath
Stoppers, rubber, perforated
Thermometers, glass, and wooi
case-
Trays, aluminium
Tray, cordite knife
Tubes, heat test
Tubes, standard tint paper
Tubing rubber, Argand gas
burner
Water, distilled
Weights, gramme and forceps
in box
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
sufficient
supply.
Do
Do
D.o
1
1
A sufficient
supply.
1
6
1
1
1
A set
J
1
1
A sufficient
supply.
i
2
6
I
A
Miflicieni
supply.
1
A
sufficient
length
A
sufficient
supply
A set
Specification A—Acid, Acetic
The acetic acid is to be clear, colourless and free from
all impurities, and is not to contain less than 96 per cent
CH3 COOH. When 1 cc. of N|10 potassium permanganate
solution is added to 100 c.c, of the acetic acid maintained at
15°C, the distinctive colour is to remain for not less lhan
15 minutes.
One drop uf the diluted acetic acid—uno volume of acetic-
acid diluted with four volumes of distilled watej—when
placed by means of n glass rod on freshly-prepared potassium
iodidc-simvh paper is 10 produce no colour.
Specification B—Chalk, French
The Ircnch chalk is to be equal in colour, to the standard
sample and is not to contain more than 0.5 per cent of mois-
ture.
The bulk, of the French chalk is to be such that a volume
of 50 c.c. will weight 235 ±1.0 gramme. This to be determin-
ed as follows :—
A ylaw Uinnel, the -.teni ol which is 11 cm, in length
tapering, internally Irom 8 mm at the top to 5 mm. at the
end, is 10 be clamped vertically above a 50 cc. cylinder so
that the mouth of the latter ia 7 cm. below tbo lowest point
of the iunnel. The cylinder is to be 2.5 cm. in internal
diameter, with a around edge, The French Chalk is to be
poured gradually into the funnel and allowed to flow into
the cylinder until the latter overflows, This should take one
minute. The suifacc of the chalk is then to be levelled off,
without tapping or shaking the cylinder, by drawing a straight
edge over the mouth of the cylinder. The cylinder and con-
tents are then to be weighed.
The fineness of the French chalk is to be such that It will
all pass, without rubbing, through a 0,075 mm. wire sieve of
6,400 meshes per square centimetre,
The French chalk is not to contain more than 0.1 per cent
of soluble alkali salts calculated as CaCO». This is to
be
determined as follows ;—
10 grammes of the chalk are to be boiled with 250 cc.
of water
for one minute, filtered, washed and the filtrate
titrated with N/10 hydrochloric acid.
[he French chalk, when warmed with hydrochloric acid,
is not to give oH! more than 1 per cent and not less than
0.25 per cent of carbonic acid gas.
The French chalk is not to absorb more than 0.5 per cent
of moisture after being dried at lOO'C till constant in
weight, and then exposed under a bell-jar to saturated atmos-
phere at 15° to 20°C for 24 hours.
NOT Jr..—Before use in heat-test experiments the French
chalk is to be carefully washed with distilled water, dried
in a water oven at 65—70 C, and exposed to a saturated
atmosphere for 24 hours. It is to be kept in a well stoppered
bottle.
Specification C—Glycerine
The glycerine is to comply with the latest edition of
British Pharmacopoeia Specification in all respects.
Specification D—-Paper, filters
The paper foi making beat test paper is to consist entirely
of pure normal cotton cellulose of strongly resistant quality
end free from any loading or sizing.
During manufacture, the paper is not to be submitted to
artificial heat of any kind,
lhc paper is to have u smooth white Kurta.ce, and both
sides are to be as nearly alike as possible.
'I he average lentith oE the fibres is to be 2 ±0.5 mm.
The sheets, when measured with a Ciceil t>mith's patent
iued pKssure micrometer, are to have a thickness of 1,8 ±
0,2 mm.
814
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
The lust treatment in Its preparation is to be a thorough
washing wilh pure distilled water and subsequent air drying
in a pure atmosphere.
The paper is to be fiee from all traces of chemical 01
other impurity particularly acids,, chlorine and pcrio*ides.
On boiling wilh 3 per cent, caustic soda solution foi 60
minutes, the paper Js not to lose more than 7.5 per cent of
its weight.
When heated for 15 minutes at 1OO"C with Fehling's
solutions, diluted with twice its volume of boiling water, it
is not to produce more than 1.25 per cent of its weight
of cuprous oxide (CunO).
It is to be supplied in sheets 50 cm. long by 15 cm. wide,
JJIICI each 100 sheets packed separately in a hermetically
sealed tin case closed by a tear-off st^ip.
For use in the extraction of nitro-glyceriiie from dynamite
it is to be supplied in circles 5.5 cm. in diameter, each 100
papers beins packed separately.
Specification E—Papeis, lest
The papeis are to be prepared and tested by (he method laid
down in Appendix II.
bach batch of papers is to be tested by carrying out tor
consecutive tests of four papers on each of two days. The
mean test obtained is to be 18.5±0.75 minute: and the mean
deviation fiom the mean not more than -f. 0.5 minutes.
\
lest different fiom the mean by more than two minutes is
to bo considered abnormal, and is to be disregarded unless
<bere are more than one of such abnormal tests amongst the
32 papers tested, in which case the batch is to be condemned
II—Preparation of the sample to be tested
All the operations in preparing a sample for testing are
to be can ied out as expeditiously as possible, avoiding ex-
posure to lifiht, as far as practicable ana the test is to be
carried out as soon as the sample is prepared.
In weighing out heat test quantities, an accuracy of
± 0.05 gramme is sufficient. These quantities are to be weighed
out into test tubes which have been fitted with rubber rings,
the lower surface of which coincides with the bottom line
etched on the tost tube.
Explosives of Class 3, Division 1
(I) Friable Nitro-glycerino preparations from which the
nitro-alycerine or liquid nitro-compound
cannot be con-
veniently extracted with waters—•
(a) A cartridge of the sample to be tested is to be
opened at one end and rotated with one hand while
wilh the other the contents of the cartridge are
to be loosened by means of pressure between the
thumb and fore fmser, The flist 12.7 mm. of the
sample so loosened is to be rejected.
(T>) The cartiidge is then to be inverted ovei the scoop
and the loosening operation continued so as to
transfer a portion of the explosive to the bcoop.
fc) When the weight of the sample in the scoop has
been adjusted to 3.2 grammes the sample is to be
transferred by means of th« aluminium funnel to
n heat test tubes collected at the bottom by gently
tapping the side of the tube with the fingers and
pressed down to a height of 3 centimetres by means
of the flat-headed glass rod. The sample is then
ready to be heat tested.
(2) Blasting Gelatine and Analogous Preparations—
(n) The wrapper of the cartridge is to be opened out
and 12.7 mm of the sample k to be removed with
the spatula and rejected. A piece weighing 3.2
mmmes as nearly as can be Judged is then to be
cut off for the test. The sample is to He on its own
wrapper during these opeiations, and direct contacl
of the operator's hands wilh the sample is to he
avoided.
(b) The portion of the sample removed is to be weighted
in the scoop and pieces added to, or removed from
it, until 3,2 grammes are obtained. This quantity is
then to be transferred to the mortal. 6.5 grammes
of Fiench Chalk are to be weighed out using the
.spatula and fcoop and also transferred to the mor-
tar.
tc) The sample is to be .incorporated with the Fiench
Chalk by repeatedly squeezing it with the end of
the pestle, until it is in a condition in whidi it can
be ground. The times for normal samples should
generally be as follows :—
til 'sting gelatine
)-] minute^
Gel nine djM'mite
1 minute
Gelignite rncl himilai explosive-, containing
less thin 61 per c;nt of nitro-filyccrine.
.
J minute
The mixture is than to be ground bv a ciiculai
movement of the pestle for a further period of
half a minute, and should then be homogenous in
appearance.
id) The mixtuie is to be iransferied to » test-tube by
means of the horn spatula and the aluminium fun-
nel], and gently pressed down to a height of 5 centi-
meties wilh the fat headed Rlnss lod. The inmple
is then ready to be heat tested,
le) The pestle and mortar after each grinding are to be
thoroughly washed with tap waier, rinsed with dis-
tilled water, dried with a clean towel, find finally
dried in a bath at 100T. The pestle nnd mortar
are to be allowed to cool to the ordinary tempera-
ture before being used again.
(3J Cordite, Bullistite nnd othci propellanK of Class 3,
Divn. 1 —
(i) Explosives in the foim of sticks or lubes.—
(n) The opciator is to wash his hand* caiefully tho-
roughly rinse them in distilled waier. and dry
them with a clean towel.
(b) The sticks or tubes to be tested ure to be wiped
out with clean filter paper.
(c) The sample is to be reduced to n condition suit-
able for grinding in the cordite mill by being
cut into small piece about 3.175 mm. long by
means of the cordite knife. 12.7 mm. being re-
jected from each end of the sticks or tubes to be
tested.
(d) The set of sieve., with the lid removed is to be
placed under (he mill so as to allow the ground
material to fall directly on (he top sieve.
(e) The cut sample is to be transfeireJ from the cordite
tray to the mill and around. The in si portion
passing through (he mill is lo be rejected. A suffi-
cient quantity of the sample is lo be taken to
ensure that enough nwterinl is obtained on the
second sieve without crinding the whole quantity
introduced into the mill.
(f) The lid i.s to be replaced on the sel of sieves and
the sample is sieved for one minute. The mate-
rial which remains on the second sieve is- to be
taken for heat test, except in the case of powder
in sticks or tubes, the nominal diamcicr of which
is les-, than 0.762 mm. in t)u\ case, the material
in the bottom compartment is to be taken for
heat test.
(g> 1 6 grammes of thc ground and sieved sample arc
to be weighed out in the scoon, transferred by
means of the aluminium funnel to a heat test
tube and collected jt the bottom bv gently tap-
pine the side of the tube with thc fingers Three
such test quantities are to be sn weighed out
The sample is then leudv to be heal tested.
(h) Thc set of slc\es and the cordite mill arc lo be
cleaned with thc cleaning brush before and after
thc reparation of each sample.
81'5
Hi) Explosives in the form uf grains fur small arms.—
1.6 Rrammes of the sample is to.be weighed out in the scoop,
transferred by means of the aluminium funnel to a heat
test tube and collected ;it the bottom by gently tapping the
side of the tube with the fingers. Thiee such test quantities
are to be weighed out. The •-.ample is then ready to he heat
tested.
Explosives of Class 3, Division I
(11 Nilro-cellulosc Pulp—
(a) The opciutoi is lo wash his hands caiefully, tho-
roughly lirtse them with distilled
water and di\
them with a dean towel.
ib) Six thicknesses of filter paper iiv' to be laid on top
ol ore another. Sulricicnt of the s imple lo be tested,
to uive uboui 5 6 Elllmmes alicr the final pressing.
is to be spread on the top sheet. SIK othei thick-
ness of filter papei me lo be similarly laid o\er the
sample. 'I he whole is then to be placed under prcs-
suie as, for instance, in a hand screw piess, and
pressure applied for three minutes. On removal
from the piess, lhe sample is to be nibbed up hy
hand on the filter papei and afiain pressed for three
minutes on fresh filter paper. I he sample is then
lo be transferred to the iectani(ul.ir sieve and mbbeil
through it with the hand.
(c) 5 gramme of the sieved iiunple aic lo be weighed
out in the scoop and spread rvenly on a aluminium
tray.
(ilj I lie oven is to h;»\e been brought to, und is to be
maintained at a temperature of 4R.9T (120°F)
Ihe ttay is lo be placed in the o^en and kept there
for 15 minutes with the dooi closed.
fe) The tray is to be icmoved from the oven and ihe
sample tiansferrcj lo the top sieve of the set of
sieves. The lid is to Vic replaced, and the sample
sieved for two minules. For this operation the se-
cond sieve is not to be used.
(f) The poition of the sample which passes through the
top sieve is again lo be spread evenly on an alu-
minium liny and exposed to the air of the tooro
for four hours.
(K) 1.3 grammes of the exposed sample aic to be
weighed out in the scoop and transferred by means
of the aluminium funnel to a heat lest lube. Two
such test quantities aic to be so weighed out. The
material in each is to be gently pressed down with
the flat headed glass rod to a height of three centi-
metres The sample is then ready to be heat tested.
(h) The wiie sieve and the set of sieves are lo be cleaned
with the cleaning brush before and after each sr.m-
ple has been sieved.
(2) Compressed Guncolton :
fa) About 10 grammes of yuncotton a*re to be removed
fiom the centre of the prime oi slab by scrapping
with the horn spatula.
(b) The sciappings SQ obtained are to be placed in the
class beaker two thirds full of col J distilled water.
The sample is to be frequently stirred up in the
water during 15 minutes with the flat headed glass
lod, and then allowed to settle. The tvalcr is to be
noured. ofF and replaced by a similar quantity of
distilled water in which the sample is 1o be fic-
qucntly stirred up as before during 1? minutes.
After settling, the second wash w.iter is lo be
poured off.
(c) rl he opcraloi is to w«sh hit hands carefully, iho
roughly rinse them with distilled viator, and colle"t
1he sample by hand squeezing nut the excess of
water.
(<1) Six thicknesses of fillet paper ate to be laid on ton
of ono nnothei. The washed quncolton is to be
spread on Ibe top sheet. Six other thic1cnes*e"s of
filter paper die lo be similarly laid over the sample,
'J he whole is (hen to be placed wide pressuie us,
for instance, in a. band screw pross and pressure
applied tor three minutes. On removal from the
pi ess, the sample is to be rubbed up on the filter
paper by hand and again pressed for three minutes
on fresh filter paper. The sample is then to be
tianstcned to the lcctangular sieve and nibbed
thioufth it by hand.
(,e) 5 Kinmmcs of the sieved sample aic to be weighed
out m the scoop and spread evenly on an alumi-
nium tray.
(t) Ihe oven is lo have been brouKhl to, and is to^ be
maintained at a tempeiatmc of 4S.y=C (l20°f'J.
Ihe tray is to be placed in the oven and kept there
for 15 minutes, with the door closed.
If?) Ihe tray is to be icmoved fiuni ihe oven and the
sample tiansiened to the top sieve of Ihe set of
sieves.
The lid is to be replaced, and the sample
sieved loi two minutes, hoi this cpeiution the second
sieve is not to be used.
(li) The poilion ol the sample which passes thiough Ihe
top sieve is lo be again spicad evenly on an alumi-
nium trav, and exposed to the air of Ihe room for
foui hours.
(i) 1.3 giammes of the exposed sample aie lo be weighed
out in the SCOOD and transferred by means of the
aluminium funnel to a heat test tube. Tw0 such test
quantities aie to be so weighed out. The material
in each is to be gently pressed down wiih the flat-
hendtd ulass lod to a height of three centimetres.
Ihe sample is then icady to be heat tested.
(j) The wiie sieve and the set of sieves ure to be cleaned
vwih the cleaning bmsh before and idler each sam-
ple has been sieved.
(31 Nitio-cellulose Propellent,—
(O Explosives in the foim of sticks oi tubes :—•
(a) The operator is to wash .his hands carefully,
thoroughly I inse them in distilled watci, and dry
them with a clean towel.
fb) The sticks oi tubes to be tested aie to be wiped
with clean filter paper.
(c) The sample is to be induced to a condition suit-
able foi winding in the cordite mill by being
cut into small pieces about 3.175 mm. long by
means of the cordite knife 12,7 mm, being re-
jected from each end of Ihe sticks or tubes to
be tested.
(d) The set of sieves with the lid lemovcu, is to tie
placed undei the mill so as to allow the ground
material lo fall dnectly on to the top sieve.
(c) The cut sample is lo be tiansierrcd tioro the
cordite Uay to the mill and ground. The tirst por-
tion passing through the mlH is to be rejected.
•\ sufficient quantity of the sample is to be taken
to ensure that enough material is obtained on the
second sieve without firinding the whole quantity
introduced into the mill.
ff) The lid is to be replaced on the set of sieves and
the sample is1 to be sieved for one minute. The
mateiial which remains on the second sieve Is to
be taken for heat test, except in the case of pow-
der in stirks or tubes. '.IK nominal diameter of
which is los than 0.762 mm. in this case, the
mateiial in the bottom compartment is to be
l.iken for heat test.
l;0 1.6 y-jmmes
nf the ginund and sieved sample
,-irc to be weighed out in ihe scoop, transferred
bv means of the aluminium funnel to a heat
test tube, and collected at the bottom by gently
tapping the side of the tube with !hc fingers.
Three such test quantities arc to be so weighted
out. The sample is then read} to bc heat tested.
(h) The set of sieves and the cordite mi'l are to be
cleaned with the cleaning brush before and after
the preparation of each sample.
gl6
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
LPART II—SEC. 3(i)J
(ii) The explosives in the form of grants for srnall-arrns.—
(a) A quantity of tho sample sufficient for the tests
requiied is to be spread evenly on an aluminium
tray.
(b) The oven is to have Been brought to, and is to
be maintained at a temperature of 48.9°C (120°F).
The tray is to be placed in the oven and kept
there for 15 minutes, with the. door closed.
(c) '1 he liay is to be removed from the oven flnd
expded to the air of the room for 4 hours.
(dj 1.3 grammes of the exposed sample me to be weigh-
ed out in the scoop and tiansierred, by means of
the aluminium funnel to a he.ii test lurJe. Three
such test quantities aie to be so weighed out.
The sample is then ready to be hi;at tested.
Ill—Application of the lc-^i
(a) "I he watei bath is to be (ilted up and is lo be levelled
and filled with water upto the outflow. It is to be placed on
a table of convenient height in such a position that the
heat test lint can icadily be observed by reflected light. No
part of the apparatus is to be exposed to direct sunlight.
(b) The theimometei iixed in the rubber stuppei, is to be
inserted in the wire cage provided for the purpose on the
under side of the lid of the water bath to a depth ot 7.6 cm.
The water is heated to the required temperature and main-
tained at a constant temperature and deplh. The tempera-
lures for the various eiplosives are given in T;ihle I.
(c) The filass rod with platinum whe hook is to be inserted
in the rubber stopper. A test paper is then to be removed
from the brown glass bottle by means of the forcepts placed
on the glass plate so that it& edges coincide with the linos on
the plate, and pieiccj by passing the needle thiough the
paper and the hole in the plate. The test paper is then to
lie held by means of the forceps, and a mixture of equal
volumes of distilled water and glycerine is to be applied to
the upper edge of the test paper by means of the glass rod
of the dropping bottle in mifficicut. quantity to moisten the
upper half of the test papcj by the lime the test is com-
plete. The platinum wire hook of the glass rod is then to be
passed through the hole in the paper. At no time is the
opeintor to touch the papei with his linger.
WJ The lubber stoppei ciiuying the glass tod dud test,
paper is at once to be liimly pressed into the test tube con-
UiininK the explosives to be tested until the bottom of the
stopper coincides with the top line etched on tho test tube
mid the position of the glass rod is to be adjusted, so that
the lower edge of the wet portion of the test paper, which edge
is to be approximately horizontal, coincides with the middle
etched line on the test tube. The test tube is then to be insert-
ed in one of the wiic cnges of the lid of the water bath,
so that the bottom line etched on the test tube coincides with
the upper surface of the lid. Tho rubber ling is to pressed
down on the bath and the cup placed in position over the tube.
'I he quantities of the \tuioua explosives lo be placed in
[he test tube arc given in Table I.
Tho test n.iPL'i is not to be inspected by lifting the cup
until shortly before the time explosive ought to stand the
lest as given in Table I.
te) The test is completed when tho faiiit biown line, which
aller time makes its appearance at the margin between the
wet and the dry positions of the test paper, equals in depth of
tint the biown line on the standard tint paper.
For any given explosives to pass the test, the time elaps-
ing between the introduction of the tube into the bath and
the production of the tint equal to 'he standard must not be
less than trfe time given in Table J,
After the test is finished, the explosive is to be caiefully
icmoved from the tubes, and the tubes thoroughly washed
out with tap water by means of the test tube brush. They are
then to be rinsed out and allowed to drain for a few minutes.
The washing is lepoatcd with distilled water, tho tnbes rins-
ed, allowed to drain, and finally dried in a bath at 100°C
The tubes arc to be allowed, to cool to the ordinary ternpe-
iJtnre befoic being used again.
TABLE I
Class
3
3
Division
J
Explosive Nature
"
Friable Nitro-glycerinc preparations from which the Nitro-
glycerine cannot conveniently be extracted by water.
Blasting Gelatine, and Analogous preparations
Cordite, Bdllistite and other propellant of Class 3, Division 1
Nitro-cellulose pulp, compressed Gun cotton
Nitro-collulose Propelldirts
temperature of
Heat Test Bath
'C
71.1
(160°FJ
71.1
(160°F)
71.1
(160°F)
76.7
(170°F)
76.7
ri7O°F)
Quantity of
Explosive Heat
Tested
3.2 grammes
3.2 grammes
+6.5 grammes
French chalk
1.6 grammes
1,3 grammes
1.3 grammes
Time
explosive
should
stand
the Test
min.
7
10
10
10
10
IV—Exudjtion and Liquefaction 'Test for Bldsling
Gelatine and analogous picpaMiions.
Test feu Liquefaction
A cylmdei of blasting gelatine is to be cut from the cai-
tndfie to be tested, Die length of the cylinder to be about
equal lo his diamelci and the ends being cut flat.
The cylinder is to be placed on end on a flat sin face with-
out any wrapper and seemed by a p;n passing
vertically
through its cenlre.
In this condition I he lylmder JS U> be exposed loj on-
hucdied and forty-four (144) consecutive hours (six days and
nights) to a temperature ranging ftom 29.4°O to 32.2"C and
during such evposuie the cylinder shall not diminish hi height
In more than one-fourth of its oiigindl height, and the
uppci cut smface shall retain its flatness and the sharpness of
its edge.
Note—If the blasting gelatine and gelatine dynamite to
bo tested cannot be made up in cylindrical form, the test
is to be applied with necessary modifications.
Test for Liability to Exudation
'lhcic shall be no scpaialiun fioni the general mats i>r
the blasting gelatine or gelatine dynamite of any nitro
glycerine or liquid nitio-coropound undei any conditions of
storage, transport or use, or when the mulerial Is subjected
Ihice times in succession to alternate freezing and thawing.
S17
or when aublected to the liquefaction test herein before d»i-
< ribed.
V—Picric Acid
(1) line material shall contain not more than 0.3 part 01
mineral or non-combustible matter in 100 parts by weight-
of the materinl dried at 71.1T (160°FJ.
(2) It should not contain more than a minute trace ot
lead.
(3) One hundied parts of the dry material shall not con-
tain more than 0.3 purt of total (free and combined) sul-
phuric acid, of which not more than 0.1 part shall be free
sulphuric acid.
(4) Its inching point should be
between 120°C and
122.8°C.
VI—Testing Chlorate Mixtures
The material must not be too sensitive and must show
no tendency to increase in sensitiveness on keeping.
The material must contain nothing liable to reduce the
chlorate.
Chlorides calculated as potassium chloride must not ex-
ceed 0.25 per cent.
The material must contain no free acid, or substance lia-
ble to produce free acid.
Explosives of this Class containing nitro-compounds will
be subject to the heat test as if they belonged to Class 3.
Note.—-These explosives will be considered too sensitive
if they can be exploded however, partially by means of a
glancing blow with a broom stick on soft wood such as
deal.
VII—P.E.T.N. PFNTA HRYTHR1TOL TETRANITR ATE
(A) Heat Test.—
If the sample is received dry, it is to be transferred to
a clean sheet of paper and mixed thoroughly in an atmos-
phere free from dust. Sample of moist PETN is to bo dried
prior to being heat tested by taking the same in a
tared
flat-bottomed dish and expose the dish and its contents in
a oven at a temperature not exceeding 60°C until constant
in weight.
1.3 grammes of the dry sample is cerefullj
transferred
to a heat test rube by means of the aluminium funnel. After
removal of the funnel the sample is to be collected at the
bottom of the tube by tapping with the fingers. It is then
to be heat tested at a temperature of 76.6"C and the time
the explosive should ntand the test, should be not less than
10. minutes,
(B) Other tests and requirements.—
(1) The PETN should be in the form of white crystals.
(2) It should be free from gritty particles, visible impuri-
ties and foreign matter.
(3) Melting point—The melting point of the PFTN should
be between 139°C and 142°C.
(4) Insoluble matter—The total insoluble matter in acetone
should not be more than 0.05 per cent.
(5) Volatile matter—Volatile matter fhonld not he more
than 0.15 per cent.
(6) Acidity—The acidity, calculated as HNoi, should not
exceed 0.01%.
(7) Alkalinity—The alkalinity,
calculated as
Na2Coi,
should not be more than 0.01^,,
(8) Nitrogen content—The nitrogen content should be
not less than 17 40% and not more thsn 17.80%,
APPENDIX T TO SCHEDULE III
Piepmation of Standard Tint Paper*
0.48 gramme of the finest >ellow ochre, 0.2 gramme of
uiw umber and 5 grammes of tine white gum arable, all
of which have been very linely ground in an agate mortar,
aie weighed into a stoppered, bottle of ibout 150 c.c. capacity
and 10U c.c. of water added. The whole is shaken in tho
told imtil the gum is dissolved. The suspension is then well
shaken and allowed to stand for one hour.
A stylogiaphic pen is then 'filled from the centre of the
suspension and with the aid of a rular, lines are drawn at a
steady pace across one side, of a sheet of filter paper to
Specification D, The sheet is then cut up into rectangular
strips 1 cm. broad by 2 cm. long, each with a line across
the middle perpendicular to tho length of the strip. The
breadth of the line must be not less thjn 0.5 mm. nor more
than 1 mm.
In order to maintain continuity as regards depth of tint
strips in which the tint does not correspond with that of the
scaled pattern nrc to be rejected.
APPENDIX II TO SCHEDULE ITI
Preparation and Testing of Heat Papers
PREPARATION
Potassium Todide :
The puicst potassium iodide obtainable commercially is
to be purified by triple rc-crystallisatinti from pure ethyl
alcohol, diluted by the addition of one-twentieth of its volume
of distilled water. The crystals arc to be kept as small as
possible, and are to be spread out on clean filter paper,
resting on a glass plate, and allowed to dry in the Jaik. When
dry, they are to be placed in a thin layer on the bottom of
j platinum crucible and heated to a dull red heat for one
minute over a spirit lamp burning pure alcohol. When cold,
the crystals are to be transferred to a brown glass stopptred
bottle from which the quantities required aie to be weighed
out.
The potassium iodide used for each batch of filter paper
is to be prepared ns above immediately before use.
Starch :
The starch used is to be best maize staich in the form
of cornflour. It K to be purified immediately before use by
washing six times by decantation with freshly distilled water.
Tt Is then to be placed on a porous plate of unglazed porce-
lain, allowed to diy in a warm atmosphere in the dark, and
stopped in a brown bottle from which the quantities required
are to be weighed out.
Preparation of the Dipping Solution :
220 c.c. of freshly distilled water arc to be placed in a
Jena glass flask and raised to boiling point over a spirit
lamp burning pure spirit. 3 grammes of the starch, prepared
as above, are to be suspended in 30 c.c. of distilled water
and the mixture poured into the 220 c.c. of boiling water,
with continuous shaking. The whole is to be kept boiling
gently, and shaken occasionally for 5 minutes. The solution
of starch so prepared i, to be added to a solution of 1
gramme of the purified potassium Iodide in 250 c.c. of freshly
distilled water, and the solution well mfted. The mixture is
to be stand overnight In a dark room. The following day,
the clear supernatent liquid is to be carefully syphoned off
and used immediately for dipping the neper.
If it is dosired to dip a large bath of paper, the foregoing
quantities may bo multiplied in or.lcr to obtain suffJclen*
solution.
Dipping the Pnpeis :
The dear potassium iodide and staich solution is to be
poured into a porcelain tray, which is to be kept exclusively
for this operation. Sheets of filter paper to Specification D
aie to be passed through it singly, so that all except 3 cm
at the end of the strip of paper, passes beneath the surface
of the liquid.
81S
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
The strip of paper is to be held above the tray by the dry
poition and a glass rod passed down each side to remove
ihc excess of solution. It is then to be suspended by the un-
dippened portion in a warm dark room, cupboaul, or oven
until diy.
It is advisable to nip ;i small piece, nut of Ihe edge of
each sheet 1,1 (he botmdiiiy line liet\ reen the v,'it Rnd dry
portion1! ;ts u tfuide in subsequent cutting.
Cutting iind Tiinmiinc the Test Pupoi :
In cutting and trimmliiK heat lest p.iper the operator is
to wear clean cotton glove •
When the sheets are dry they are to be trimmed by cutting
off the undipped end about 0.5 iim. below the edge of the
undipped pouion, 0.5 cm. strips are JISO exit fiom the other
three edges. The sheets me then ro be stored in amber-
coloured glass jars, kept in the dark.
When a butch of paper has been passed for issue the
sheets are to be cut up into rectangular pieces 1 cm., by 2 cm.,
and are to be issued in (his form.
All the above operations are to be carried cut in a building
specially reserved for
this work.
This
building is to be
protected from the direct access the sun's rays, and is, as
fir as possible, to be Kept dark.
Testing of Heat Test Paper by the Diffusion Test Appara-
tus and Materials reauired :—
No.
1. Acheson graphite
.
.
.
.
.
pieces, 1
2. Acid, Sulphuric, normal solution
A supply
3. Annulus aluminium
.
.
.
.
.
2
4. Cap, light-tightpaste board
.
.
.
1
5. Cylinder, glass, wilh rubber stopper
,
.
1
6. Cylinder, measuring 100 c.c.
.
.
.
1
7. Ferrous ammonium sulphate
.
.
. A supply
8. Jar, cylindrical, brown glass
.
.
.
1
'9. Pipette 10 c.c
1
10. Rod, stirring, glass
1
11. Sodium nitrite solution containing 1.76 gm.
A supply
in 1 litre
12. Stopper, rubber, with 4 platinum hooks
1
Application of the Test:
The solutions aie to he brought lo 15"C. bcfoic use.
2 RIamines of Icirous ammonium sulphate are weighed out
and placed in the glass j<ir, 90 c.c. of the noimal sulphuric
iitiJ added and solution effected by stirrinu with the glass
ioc>. The jar is then placed in a bath of water ut 15=C, and
must be kept at the tempeiature throughout the experiment.
7nc temperature of ihe aii should be 15"C to 17"C. 10 c.c.
of the sodium nitrite solution are then added by means of
the pipette and well stirred in. An allurninium annulus is
placed centrally over the mouth of the jar and the orifice
covered bv the graphite slab ; over this is placed a second
annulus. Good contact between surfaces Js to be ensured by
c\citinfi a slight p,essurc and twisting motion.
The glass cylinder with rubber stopper and light tight
cap arc then placed on the second annulus, pnd the assembled
apparatus is allowed to stand for 20 mici'iks. After the ex-
pirntion of the 20 minutes, the light tight cap and the glass
cylinder aic lemoved, the mbber stopper taken out of the
cylinder, and the cylinder waved several times through the
air. As soon as possible, four of the heat test papeis to be
tested are moistened with glycerine solution, placed on the
platinum hooks of the stopper, the stopper inserted in the
cylinder, and the cylinder and light ti?hl c.ip again placed
in position of the second nrmulus, and the time noted.
When the papers read by reflected light reach the standard
lint, the time is again noted: the diffiienee gives the time
of test. Standard tint papers to be t-enj by reflected light are
used for comparison.
The cylinder is Ihcn removed uncorked, waved ••evcral
times through the air, and a fresh set of papers i1) at once
put on for test. After four sets of tests have been made the
graphite slab must be heated to 200'C for 1 hour and
allowed to cool in an evacuated disiccator over potash for
at least Ifi hour before being used again.
A batch of papers is to be tested by carrying out Tour
consecutive tests of four papers on each of two day*.
SCHEDULE IV
(LTCENSTNG AUTHORITY)
Article
No.
1
l(a>
Kb)
Uc)
l(d)
2(a)
2fb>
3(fl)
3(b)
4
5(a)
Form
of
Licence
2
20
20
20
20
21
21
1 1
22
24
21
Purpose for which granted
3
To manufacture explosives other than fireworks, Gunpowder and ANFO at site.
To manufacture fireworks and Gunpowder upto 200 kgs. at a time
To manufacture Fireworks and Gunpowder more than 200 kgs. at a time
To manufacture ANFO explosives at site
To possess for sale explosives not exceeding 2000 kgs. of Class 1, 2. 3, 4 & 7 together
w ith explosives of Class 6.
To possess for sale explosives exceeding 2000 kgs. of Class 1, 2, 3. 4 & 7 and any quan-
tity of Class 5, 6 and 8.
To possess for use explosives not exceeding 2000 kgs. of Class 1, 2, 3, 4 & 7 together
wilh explosives of Class fi,
To possess for use explosives exceeding 2000 kgs. of Class 1, 2. 3, 4 & 7 and anv
quantity of Class 5, 6 and 8,
To possess and sell from .i shop small-arms nitro-compound not exceeding 25 kg. or
fireworks not exceeding 100 kgs. of Class 7 Division 2 sub-division 2, 1000 kgs. of
Class 7 Division 2 sub-division J and safety use not exceeding 10,000 metres.
To possess for use by cultivators Class 2 and/or Class 3 explosives not exceeding 2.5
kg, electric or ordinary detonators not exceeding 5 numbers and safety fuse
not
exceeding 10 metres.
Authority empowered to grant
4
Chief Controller
Controller of Explosives
Chief Controller
Controller of Explosives
Controller of Explosives
Chief Controller
Controller of Explosives
Chief Controller
Controller of Explosives
District Authority
819
1
5(b)
S(c)
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
2
23
23
27
28
26
25
29
Special
3
To possess for use small-arms nitro-compound not exceeding J kgs. in the State of
Kerala
To possess for use gunpowder not exceeding 5 kgs. and safety fuse not exceeding 50
metres in the State of Bihar, Kerala and West Bengal.
To import explosives
To export explosives
To transport explosive*
For road Van
For Public Display of Fireworks
To manufacture explosives not provided in Article 1.
4
Distrcit
Authority
District Authority
Chief Controller
Chief Controller
Chief Controller
Chief Controller
Controller
Chief Controller
SCHEDULE V—tORMS
FORM I
Test Certificate for Eiploirvti
(See rules 28 and 34 of Explosives Roles 1981)
f
Certified that samples of the explosives of the description given below have been tested and have passed the tests
set
forth in Schedule lit as applicable to such explosive and intlie case of explosives of the 1st Division of 3rd (Nitro-
compound) or 4th (Chlorate Mixture) clasies, that there are no signs of liquefaction or of excluded nltro-glycerine or
liquid nitro-compound.
Name and address of
•Importer
Consignor
Description
of
Explosives
Numberjaf packages j Date of manufacture
& batch Number
referred to in rule
9(2)
Actual time taken
in Heat Test for
tint to appear
Remarks
This certificate is valid for tweiv* months only that if to say it expires on the ....,
day of
19
provided that, in caie of nitro-glycerine compounds which are not used as propellents, it shall expire on the 31st day of
July following.
Date :
Signature of Testing Officer.
Pin™ •
Desianatlon
*Nam« of importer in case of import, and consignor in case of transport.
FORM—2
(See rule 24 of Explosives Rules 1981)
Declaration to be made by the Master of a Ship carrying explosives before entering a port or by the ship's agent.
1. Nam» of ship
2. Date of Arrival at
Port
Description of explosives
Date of manufacture, batch No. Total quantity
Quantity to be land-
Remarks
and other distinguishing marks \ carried in the ship J H- ed at port
on cases
— «
r
Kg.
Cases
Kg.
Cases
~~ n a t e .
Signature of Master/Agent of Ship.
FORM t3
Application for grant or amendment of licence to manufacture explosives
j
on
behalf of
apply for grant of licence/amendment of
licence No
to manufacture explosives. I give full particulars below and enelose other documents as required,
The replies to be written in this column,
1. Name in which llcenceis required to be granted (see notes below)
2. Status
Individual
Company
Society
3. Age
/
(sec notes below)
4. Postal address
Pin Code No
Telephone No
Telegraphic Address
Telex
97 GI/81—16
820
THE GA2ETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(IJ]
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Qualifications and experience of applicant and the technical per- ..
sonnel employed by him. (Give Individual details and
attach
separate sheet if required)
Situation of the premises :
State
District
Town or village
Survey No.
Police Station
Railway Station or Steamer Ghat
, Explosives proposed to be manufactured
Class
Division (if any)
Name and description
, ..
Annual Capacity of the manufacturing plant
. .
Quantity of explosives present at any one time in the manufacturing
plant
Quantity of explosives proposed to be manufactured In one day
Has the process been approved by Chief Controller
If yes, please give approval letter No, and date
Has the applicant been convicted under any offence or ordered
to
execute bond under Chapter VIII of Code of Criminal Procedure
1973, during the last 10 years.
If yes, please given details
. . . .
(a) Parrlculirs of other licenses under Explosives Act 1884, If any
held by the applicant during last 10 years.
(b) Was any licence cancelled/not renewed?
(«) If yes, give details
. . . .
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
i
No
11. Additional information, if any
I hereby certify that the above particulars given by me are correct.
Signature of applicant,.
.
,
(Authorised person in
case of a Company)
Full Name
Address ., ..
Date
Notes :—
1. In case where application is made In the name of a Company, the names and addresses of Directors and Partners and the name address
and specimen signatures of person or persons authorised to sign correspondence m respect of licence applied for should be oi'ven nn n
separate sheet and enclosed with this application from.
Any change in the above information should be immediately communicated to the licensing authority and authority renewlnn
the licence.
'
•
2. Age to be given in case the applicant Is an individual
3, Please attach the following to application:-
(a) Plans of the proposed buildings and the site drawn to scale. Site plan should show full approach road net work to the factory.
(b) A description of situation, character and construction of all mounds, buildings (production, non-production, stores administrative
etc) and the safety distances observed.
i»««»™uavire
(c) A description of plant and equipment and its location provided In each building and part thereof
(d) A description of process/work to be carried out In each building or part thereof.
(e) A description of explosives and Ingredients thereof, whether wholly or partially mixed, that will be present m anv buildina or
machine at any one time.
v
* UH«UWB W
(0 A description of maximum number of persons to be employed in each building.
(g) A description of any special constructions or provisions which the applicant may propose by reason of special circumstances
arising from the I J : ion, situation or construction of any building or works, or the nature of process or otherwise.
821
FORM—4
Application for grant or amendment of licence to posseia and toll explosives
j
onbehalfof
, .apply for grant of a licence/amendment of lfconof
No
for possession and sale of explosives. I give below full particulars and enclose other documenti
as required.
Replies to be written in this column
1. Name in which licence is required to be granted
• • -
(see notes below).
2. Status
Individual
Company
Society.
3. Age
'
(see notes below)
4 Postal Address
• •
•
•
. . .
Pin Code No.
Telephone No.
.
.
Telegraphic Address
. .
.
. . . .
. . .
Telex
• •
5. Qualifications and experience of applicant and the technical personnel
.
employed by him (Give individual details and attach separate sheet If
.
.
. . . . :
required).
6 Situation of premises-
State
• •
' •
District
Town or village
• • •
•
Survey No.
•
—
Police Station
•
Railway Station or Steamer Ghat
7. Explosives proposed to be possessed and sold.—
Name & Description
Cla»s
Division
Quantity
(if any)
to
00
(Hi)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
g Are the premises attached to a factory licensed to manufacture explo-
' gives? If so, please give the licence number
9. Have the premises previously been licensed?
••
• J
'
—
•—,
If yes, please give —
(0 previous Ucenco No.
•
•
(li) Name and address of previous licensee.
..
.
•
*
(iii) Reasons for cancellatlon/non-renewal of previous licence
..
.
..
• • •.
<
in Hu the applicant been convicted under any offence or ordered to exe-
•[
—
cuto ttnV " p o d u n d l u' Cia-Vtar VHt of Code of Criminal Procedure
Yes
|
No
1973, during the la« 10 yeats. If yei, please g ) w etall«
'
'
822
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(I)]
11. (a) Particulars of other licenses, if any. under Explosives Act 1884,
held by the applicant during the last 10 years.
(b) Was any licence cancelled/not renewed.
—
_ _ _ _
—
Yes
No
(c) If yes, give details
12. Additional information, if any.
I hereby certify that the information given above is correct.
p a t e
Signature of applicant.
(Authorised person in case of Company)
Full name
Address
Notes—(11 In case where application is mtide in the nameo£ ;[ Company, the names and addresses of Directors and
Partners and the name, address and specimen signatures of pen on or persons authorised to sign correspondence in res-
pect of licence applied' for should be given on a separate sheet and enclosed with this application form.
Any change in the above information
should be im- mediately communicated to the lipensing
authority
and
authority renewing the licence.
(2) Age to be given in case the applicant is an" individual.
(3) Please attach the following to i pptication—
(a) Site plan of the proposed premises. The plan should be drawn to scale and show full approach road not
work to the premises, nearby land marks, and safety distances from nearest protected works.
(b) Plans showlne construction details of tho building mounds, lightening conductors etc.
FORM 5
Application for grant or amendment of licence to possess explosives for use
I
on behalf of
apply for grant of licence/amendment of licence No
to p assess explosives for use. The required particulai s are given below and the necessary documents are enclosed.
Replies to be written in this column.
1. Vfame in which licence is required to be granted
see notes below)
2. Status
Individual
Company
Society
3. Age
(see notes below)
4. Postal Address
Pin Code No.
Telephone No.
Telegraphic Address
Telex
5. Qualifications and experience of applicant and the technical personnel
employed, by him (Give individual details and attach separate sheets if
required).
6. Situation of premises for storage—
State
District
Town or village
Survey No.
Police Station
Railway Station or Steamer Ghat.
7. Explosives proposed to be stored for use.-
833
7. Explosives proposed to be stored for u s e -
Name & Description
Class
Division
Quantity
(if any)
(I
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
8. Where the premises previously licensed?
.—~~~
Yes
No
If yes, please give—
(i) Previous licence No.
(ii) Name and address of previous licensee.
(iil) Reasons for cancellatlon/non renewal of previous licence.
9. Explosives proposed to be used per day-
Name & Description
Clasi
Division
Quantity
10. Details of site where explosives will be used.
11. Distance of site where the explosives will be used from the storage
premises mentioned in item 6.
12. Mode of transport of explosives.
13. Licence No. of Road Van, if used.
14 Has the applicant been convicted under any offence or ordered to exe-
-
' cute any bond under Chapter VIII of Code of Criminal Procedure
Yes
No
1973, during the last 10 years. If yes, please give details.
——• •- - •
— — — —
—
15. (a) Particulars of other licenses if any, under Explosives Act, 1884,
_
held by the applicant during the last 10 years.
(b) Was any licence cancelled/not renewed?
- —
^
1 • "
~^
:
-~-^.
,
1
,——, ,
_**
^ — -
(c) If yet.give details
•
16. Additional information, if any.
Thereby certify that the information given above is correct.
D a t e
Signature of applicant
(Authorised person in case of Company)
Full name
Address
.'
Note:—(1) In case where application is made in the name of a Company, the name and address of Directors and Partners and the
name, address and specimen signatures of person or persons authorised to sign correspondence in respect of licerice applied
for should be given on a separate sheet and enclosed with this application form.
Any change in the above information should be immediately communicated to the licensing authority and authority
renewing the licence.
(2)
Age to be given in case the applicant is an individual.
(3)
Please attach the following to the application :—
(a) Plans of the proposed building and site should bo drawn to scale. The site plant should show full approach road net
work to storage premises and observed safety distances,
(b)
Site plan of the area where explosives will be used. The plan should show-complete approach road net work , nearby
land marks, distances .from nearest protected works etc.
824
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
FORM 6
Application by a Cultivator for gram of a licence to possess explosives for own use for agricultural purposes
I, hereby apply for n licence to passjss explosives as mentioned below in connection with removal of tree stumps/level ling of grounU/-
diggina of new wjll/doep^nina of existing wall situated in my own agricultural Hold, A certificate No
dated
from
as required under sub-rule (7) of rule 15J of the Explosives Rules 1981,
is also enclosed.
Replies to be given in this column
1. Name of the applicant.
:
2. Age of the applicant
3. Rjsidjntial address of the applicant
4. Location of the agricultural field of the applicant
Survey No.
Address
5. Mode of storage.
6. Location of the premises where the explosives shall be stored.
7. Quantity of explosives proposed to be stored.
(i) Gun Powder
;
(ii) Nitrate Mixture
(iii) Nitro-compound
(iv) Safety Fuse
(v) Electric Detonators
:
(vi) Ordinary Detonators
8. Particulars of the licence obtained by the applicant for agricultural
purposes during last two years.
(a) Has the applicant been convicted under any law or ordered to
—
—
• — —
.. -
exocuto a bond under Chapter VTO of Code of Criminal Proce-
Yes
No
durc 1973, during the last ten years?
„_:
.—
(b) If yes, give details
10. (a) Particulars of licence hsld by the applicant under Explosives Act,
J 884, during the last 10 years.
(b) Wasany licence been cancelled/not
renewed?
•
—•
•
————
Yes
No
(c) If yes, give details
11. Any other information
I cortify that the information given by me above is correct. I also attach a certificate from
as required under
the rules.
Signature of the applicant
Date of application
Note: The applicant should attach site plan and construction plan of the premises where the cwlOj-JvesshoJi b* stored.
825
FORM?
Application for grant of a licence for a Road Van
I
on behalf of
apply for grant of a licence for Road Van. The required particulars
are given bslow and the necessary documents arc enclosed.
Replies to given in this column
1. Name in which licence is required to be granted
(see note below)
2. Status
Individual
Company
Society
3. Age
(see note below)
4. Postal address of applicant
Pin Code No.
.,.,
Telephone No.
Telegraphic address
Telex
5. Address of the premises where the vehicle is to be normally kept.
6. Explosives to be carried
7. Places between which the vehicle will ply.
8. (a) Will the vehicle b: used for carrying explosives to site and used
—
for blasting.
Yes
,
No
(b) If yes, give details of area of operation
9. (a) Description of vehicle
Make
Registration No,
Engine No.
Chassis No.
(b) Oross Vehicle weight rating.
Kgs
(c) Weight of unloaded vehicle.
Kgs.
(d) Tyres
Size
Ply rating
Maximum individual tyre load i?Ji cold
Number
inflation pressure
Front
Kg. &
Rear
Kg. ffl
Total maximum load =t Total maximum individual tyre load x number -
10. Description of other fittings on the vehicle,
11. Carrying capacity permitted by Regional Transport Authority.
12. (a) His the appllcint been convicted under any offence or ordered to
.
—
—
cxezute a bond under Chapter VIII of Code of Criminal Proce-
Yes
No
duro 1973, during the last 10 years.
—
— . .
.
_
(b) If yes, give details.
13. (a) Pirtfculars of any licence held by the applicant under Explosives
Act 1884, during last 10 years.
(b) Was any Iics'.ice cmcelled/not rcn wed.
.__
.
.— „__
Yes
No
(c) If yes, give details
,
Front
Rear
Size
Ply rating
Maximum individual tyre load i?Ji cold
inflation pressure
• Kg. &
Kg. m
Number
826
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PAKT H—SEC. 3(1)]
14. Additional information if any
I cortlfy that the Inforaution giv»n abavs is c:>croct and that evjry driver of this vehicle shall be instructed in relevant provision of
the Act and rules made thereunder.
Date
Signature of applicant
(Authorised person in case of Company)
Name in full
Addreis
Note,—(1) In caie where application i« made in the name
of a company, the names and addressea of Directors and
partners and the name, address and specimen signatures of
person or person authorised to sign the correspondence in
respect of licence applied for should be given on a separate
•heet and enclosed with this application form.
Any change in the above information
should be im-
mediately communicated to the licensing
authority
and
authority renewing th© licence.
(2) Age to be given in ca«e the applicant is an individual.
(3) The applicant should submit plans of the road van
showing complete construction details, fittings, and safety
devices. Full details of additional equipmentsyfltttngs in the
vehicle should also be clearly shown.
(4) Total maximum load must equal or exceed Gross vehi-
cle weight rating.
FORM S
Application for grant or amendment of licence to transport explonves
I
on behalf of
apply for grant of a licence/amendment of licence No
totransport explosives, The pirtlclilars are given below and other documents are enclosed as required.
Replies to bo given in this column.
1. Name of the applicant
K
(see note below)
2. Applicant's postal address
Pin Code No.
Telephone No.
Telegraphic Address
Telex
3. Particulars of licence granted under Explosives Rules, held by the
applicant from where the explosives will be transported.
Licence No,
fOr possession
for sale/use.
Situation of premises
Licensed capacity-
Name of explosives
Class •
! . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . ,
Division, if any
Quantity
[[
Date upto which the licence is valid
4. Particulars of place to which the explosives will be transported.
5. Mode of transport
(a) Does the applicant holds any licence for Road Vans.
— - •
—— | ^ ~
— _ ^ ^ _ .
„
Yes
j
No
(b) If yes. please give details
6. (a) Has the applicant been convicted under any offence or ordered to — -—-—.
—
„
execute bond under Chapter VIII of Code of Criminal Procedure
Yes
\
No
I
1973, during last ten years7
..-
„_„.
_ _ _ '
.
|
(b) If yes, please give details
826/1
any. held by the applicant during la5t ten yea/,
'
• / "
(b) Wis any licence cancelled/not renewed.
'
'' JJJ^^^'J^1^^_
Yes
No
(c) If yes, give details
8. Additional information, if any
I certify that the particulars given by me are correct. ~
~~ ~
~
~
—
—
—
~
~
Signature of applicant
Date
(Authorised person In case of a Company)
Name in full
Address
name add™ S
, " " ? * m t b e n a m e o f tt « « * « * . the name and addresses of Directors and Peitnets erd the
for should h* «*, V.T°
e" s l g n a ^ r e s °f Pewon or persons authorised to sign correspondence in respect of licence *ppHed
tor should be given on a separate 3heet and enclosed with this application fcrm.
reneWingy
thHic?nce *** "
^ i n f o n n a t i o n ^°uld be immediately communicated to the licensin8 authority and authority
(2) Ago to be given In case the gppllcant is an individual.
FORM 9
Application for Shotflrer's Permit
I hereby apply for a Shortflrer's Permit under Explosives Rules—
Replies to be given In this column:
J. Nano of applicant in full
2. Age of applicant
3. Postal Addr«w
Hn Codo
Telephone No.
4. Qualification and «xperlence of applicant.
I certify that the above particulars are true and correct,
(Signature of applicant)
Date of application
Note:— Please enclosed certified copies of certificates showing Date of birth, Educational qualifications and experience
FORM 10
Application for grant of licence to Import explosive!
1
on behalf of
apply for grant of a licence under Explosives Rules 1981, to import
explosives and furnish the following particulars:—
I. Name in which licence is required.
(see note below)
1. Status
Individual
Company
97 GI/81—17
826/2
THE .GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SBC. 3(i)]
3. Postal address
Pin Code No.
Telephone No.
Telegraphic Addresi
Telex
4. Explosives proposed to be Imported at a time.
Name & Description
pass
Division
Quantity
(if any)
5. Are the explosives to bo imported authorised explosive*.
I
•
,
——
I
Yes
|
No
6. Name and address of the manufacturer of explosives to bo imported
7. licence particulars of the premises whore explosives will be stored:—
Lfcencee
Licence No. & Form
Validity of Licence
Address of premises Quantity to be stored
8. Port or place of Import
9. Has the applicant been convicted under any offence or ordered to
—
•
•
•
<—•
execute any bond under Chapter VIII of Code of Criminal Procedure
Yes
No
1973, during the last 10 years?
.
•
If yei, please give details.
10. (a) Particulars of other licences, If any, under Exploslvos Act, 1884,
held by the applicant during the last 10 years.
(b) Was any licence cancelled/not-renewed?
.
1
•
Yes
'
No
|
(c) If yej, give details.
11. Additional Information, if any
I certify that th» information given above is correct.
Signature of Applicant
(Authorised Person in case of company)
Namo in full
Date
Address
Not«:~• In case whve application is made in the name of a company, the naraos and address of Directors and Partners and the namo,
address and specimen signatures- of person or ponon authorised to sign correspondence in respect of licence applied for should
b* given on a separate sheet and enclosed with this application form-
Any ohange in the above information should be immediately communicated to the licensing authority and authority rene-
wing tbo licence.
826/3
FORM 11
Application for grant of lloence to export explosives
I
on behalf
apply for grant of a licence under Expolslves 1981, to export explosive*.
The necessary particulars are furnished below:—
Replies to bo riven In this ooluma.
1. Name in which licence is required
(see note below)
2. Postal Address
Pin Code No.
Telephone No.
Telegraphic Address
Telex
3. Particulars of licence/i granted under Explosive* Rules, held by the
applicant
Lioenqe No
for possession and sale of oxplosivei.
Situation of promise*
Licensed capacity
Name of Exp Iosives
Class
Division, if any
Quantity
,
4 Quantity of explosives to b« exp ortod.
' Nam« & Description
Clasi
Division
Quantity
if any
(I)
00
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
J. Nanw and address of consignor
6. Place or port from whloh explosives will be exported.
7. Name of the ship carrying explosives and likely date of tailing.
8. Quantity of each explosives to be loaded on the ship-
9. Transport lloence No. held by applicant,
:
10 (a) Has the applicant beon oonvloted under any offence or ordered i
f
i
to execute bond under Chapter VIII of Code of Criminal Procc-
Yes
)
No
dure 1973, during the last ten yean.
I
—"
••-•• • • >
(b) If yes, givedetails.
11. (a) Particulars of other license* under Explores Act 1884 , held by
the applicant during last ten years,
(b) Wa» any licence oancelled/not renewed.
Yes
'
No
'
826/4
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
(o) If yes, give details.
*2, Additional information, if any
I certify that the above particulars given by me are correct.
Pate
Signature of applicant
(Authorised person in case of a company)
Name in full
Address
Noto.—In case where application is made in the name of a company, the names and addresses of Directors and Part-
ners and the name, address and specimen signatures of person or
persons authorised
to sign correspondence in respect
of licence applied for should be given on a separate sheet and enclosed with this application form.
Any change in the above information should be immediately communicated to the
licensing
authority
nnd
authority
rtnewina the licence.
FORM 12
Application forgrant of a licence for Public Display of Fireworks
I
on behalf of
apply for a liceioe under the Explosives Rules 1981, for possession and
use of Public Display Fireworks. The necessary particulars arc given below and required documents are enclosed.
Replies to be given in this column
1. Name In which liconce ii required to bo granted
(see note below)
2. Age
(see note below)
3. Postal Address
Pin Code No.
Telephone No.
Telegraphic Address
Telex
4. Qualification and experience of the applicant and competent persona
employed by him.
_
5. Name, qualifications and experience of the persons supervising the
display.
6. Description of fireworks to be used.
"
7. (a) From whom the fireworks will be obtained
Name
'
Address
Form & Licence No. held
,
Validity of licence
(b) Address and licence No. of tho place where fire works will be
stocked.
8. Description of fireworks to bo displayed.
9. Time of display and address of the place where the display will be held
10. (a) Has the applicant been convicted under any offence or ordered to*
exeoute any bond under Chapter VTH of Code of Criminal Pro-
~
ceduro 1973, during the last ten years?
I
Yes
,
No.
I
1
_ '
(b) If yos, give details
826/5
11. (a) Particulars of any licence under the Explosives Act 1884, and the
rules framed thereunder held by the applicant during last ten
yean.
(b) Was any licenoe eanoelled/not renewed?
I——
_____—..
,
• •••
J
Yea
No
(c) If yes, give detaili.
12. Additional information, if any.
I oertify that the Information given above i» correct.
Signature of applicant
(Authorised person in case of a company)
Date
Name in full
Address
Ncte: (1) In case where application is made in the name of a company, the namas and address of Directors and Partners and the name,
address and ipa-imen signatures of person or pers JUS authorised to sign aorrospondenco in respect of licence applied for shoulJ
be given on a separate sheet and enclosed with this application form.
Any change in the abovt information should be immediately oorntnuaicated to the licensing authority and authority
renewing the licence.
(2) Age to be given in case the applicant is an individual.
(3) Separata sheet may be att-ohed if the spac^ given io the form is not sufficient.
FORM 13
Application for Renewal of licence
From:
To:
Dear Sir.
I/We hereby-apply tor renewal of licence No
in form
for the period from
to
and furnish the following information—
During the last two years—
(0 I was/we were—
(a) not convicted/convicted and sentenced for
for following offences
Cb) not ordered/ordered to execute under Chapter VIII
of Code of Criminal Procedure 1973. a bond for
keeping peace or for good behaviour.
(ii) Licence No
In Form
granted under Explosives Act to me/us were can-
celled/not renewed by the licensing authority.
I/We also enclosed the following documents—
(i) Licence No
in Form
together with approved plans and schedules.
(U) Renewal fee of Rs
by caah/
P.O. No
/Bank draft No
on
Bank
Branch, drawn in favour of
,
Signature of Liconsee
(Authorised person in case of
company)
Date of application
Place:
Note.—The complete renewal application should reach the
renewal authority at least thirty days before the expiry data
of licence, to avoid payment of late fees. The licence will
expire if no renewal application is rtreived on or befor.
the expiry date.
FORM 14
Statement to be submitted to the Chief Controller of Explosives by an importer on despatch of explosive, from the place or
port of loading [see rule 23 (a) of the Explosives Rules 1981.]
Importers
Import licence No. Import licence Name
& Name and Place
or
Name of ship/ Place or
Likely dato"
Name and
granted by Central No. granted by address of address of
portofdes- Airlines and port of im- of arrival
address
Govt.,
kinds and Chief Controller the manufa- consignor
patch
date of sail-
port
quantities of
ex- under Explosi- cturer of
ing/Air lift
plosives permitted to ves Rules and
explosives
be imported and date date of expirty of
of expiry of the
licence
licence
826/6
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
Kind and quantities of explosives on the Ship/aircraft
Name and Description
Class & Division
Date of
Bateh No.
Quantity
No. of packages
manufacture
Signature of Importer
(Authorised person In case of a company)
Date:
Name in full
Place:
Address
FORM 13
Importer's despatch Schedule tsee rule 23 (b) of the Explosives Rules 1981)
This form should be filled up as soon as any consignment of explosives is cleared from the place or port of import and for-
warded in triplicate to Chief Controller of Explosives.
Name & Address Import licence No. Description Name and Name
&
Quantity of Place or Port Name of
Date
of
of importer
granted
by
Chief of exploit-
addiess of
address of explosives
from which ship or Air- arrival and
Controller and date ves
manufac-
consignor
Imported
explosives
lines
place or port
of expiry of licence
turer of ex-
were
of import
plosives
forwarded
Particulars of despatch from place or port of import
Name &
Licence No.
Quantity Of explosives despatched
Batch No.
Date of
Mode of
Road Van
Address of
and Form
—
•——•——
•
and dnte
despatch
despatch
Licence No.
licensee
Name &
Class &
Quantity
No. of
if despatched
description" Division
packages
byroad
Signature of Importer
(Authorised agent in
caw of company)
Name In full
Date :
Address
Place:
FORM 16
[Form of Pass — See Rule 32(2) of Explosives Rules 1981]
Pass granted by the holder Of Transport Licence (Explosives) for transport of A consignment of explosive*.
1. No
2. This Pass coven
packages containing following explosives :
Name & Description.
Class
Division If ftny Quantity
No. of packages
Batch No. and
date
(0
(ii)
(111)
(iv)
(v)
(vl)
While in transit
from
to
3. The explosives are being transported by rail/road Van No
having licence No
valid
till
/Lorry No
/other non-mechanlcally propelled
vehicles.
826/7
4. Name and address of consignee
5. No.- and Form of Consignee's licence No.
6. Consignee's order No. and date and quantity of each explosive ordered
7. Consignee's letter No. and date Intimating readiness to receive
explosives.
8. Date of despatch of consignment
9. Approximate date on which consignment should reach Its
destination.
Signature
Holder of Transport Licence No.
FORM 17
ISee Rule 156(1) of Explosives Rules 1981]
Distance required to be kept clear around Magazine/Store house/Factory Distance around the Magazine/Store house/Factory pre-
mises proposed to be licensed for storage/manufacture of
Kg. of explosives to be kept clear* from the under-
mentioned building and works;
Buildings and Works
Distance required to be kept clear' Distances actu-
Remarks
not less than
ally observed
(to be filled
Mounded
Unmounded
by applicant)
2(a)
2(b)
'
1
2
3
4
T
Metres
Metres
1. Room or workshop used in connection with the magazine.
2. Any other explosive magazine or store house or factory of
the applicant.
3. Magazine office.
4. Magazine Keeper's or Chowkidar*s dwelling house.
5. Railway including mineral & private Railway.
6. Canal (In activo use) or other navigable water.
7. Dock or Pier or Jetty.
8. Public high-way or Public roads.
9. Private road which is a principal means ofaccess to a temple,
mosque, church, gurudwara or other places of worships, hospital,
college, school or factory.
10. River embankment or sea embankment or Public well.
11. Reservoir or bunded tank/rope way.
12. Dwelling house
13. Govt. & Public building
14. Temple, mosque, gurudwara, church or other place of wor-
ship.
15. Shops, market place, public recreation & sports ground.
College, School, hospital, theatre, cinema or other buildings,
where the public are accustomed to assemble.
16. Factory
17. Buildings or works used for the storage in bulk of petroleum
spirit, gas or other inflammable or hazardous substances.
18. Buildings or works used for the storage and manufacture of
j
explosives or of articles which contain explosives.
19. Aerodrome.
20. Furnace, Kiln or chimney.
21. Quarry or mine pit head
22. Power house or electric sub-station.
23. Wireless Station.
24. Warehouse or other storage buildings.
25. Elec. power over head Transmission lines above 440 V.
26. Eleo. Power over head Transmission lines below 440 V.
Certified that I liave personally cnecKea tne replies given aoove ana mat iney are a true statement ol *.ne surroundings of the
-premises.
Signature of Applicant
(Authorised person in case of a company)
Uttt0
Postal Address
•The distance will be required to- beitept dear not merely on the first establishment of the premises, but during the continuance
of the licence.
82(?/8
T H E GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II-SEC. 3(i)]
FORM 18
Distances to be maintained from magazine/store house/factory
[See Rule 156(3) of the Explosives Rules 1981]
Distance to be kept clear around the magazine/factory/store
house during currency of licence No.
(
) in form
granted to
Distance to be maintained by the magazine/factory/storo
house.
1
2
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
1
1
1
(
t
1
16. I
17. I
f
c
c
1
From Every
1
Room or workshop used
In connection with th«
magazine.
Any other explosive ma-
gazine or store of licen-
see.
Magazine office.
Magazine
Chowkldar's
dwelling house.
Railway including miner-
al & private Railway.
Canal (In active use) or
other navigable water.
Dock or Pier or Jetty.
Public high-way or Public
roads.
Private road which 1» a
principal means of access
to a temple, mosque
church, gurudwara or
other places of worships,
hospital, college, school
or factory.
River embankment or sea
embankment or public
well.
Reservoir or
bunded
tank/rope way.
Dwelling house
Govt, & Public building.
Temple, mosque, guru-
Iwara, church or other
places of worship.
Shops, market place, pub-
lic recreation or sports
pound, college, school,
lospital, theatre, cinema
sr other buildings where
he public are accustomed
o assemble.
factory.
luildings or works used
or the storage in bulk
)f petroleum spirit, gas or
ther inflammable or
azardous substances.
Not less than metres
2
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
2J.
26.
1
Building or works used
for the storage and manu-
facture of explosives or
of articles which contain
explosives.
Aerodrome.
Furnace, kiln or chimney
Quarry or mine pit head
Power house or electric
sub-station.
Wireless station
Warehouse or other stor-
age buildings.
Elec. power over head
Transmission lines above
440 V.
Elec. Power over head
Transission lines below
440 V.
2
Distance will be required to be kej. t clear not merely on the
first establishment of the premises but during the continuance
of the licence.
For Chief Controller of Explosives
Controller of Explosivei
FORM 19
FORM OF INDEMNITY BOND
To
The President of India.
I/We
carrying on business as
manufacturer(s)
of fireworks and/or gunpowder and having a factory or shop
at
and I/We of
„
iureties on his/their behalf hereby jointly and »everally agflse
and undertake that we shall pay to the President of India,
his successors and assigns on demand a sum of Rs
for which payment to be well and truely
made we bind ourselves, our respective heirs, executors,
administrators and assigns. I/We agree that the aforesaid
amount may be utilised for the payment of compensation
awarded to the dependents of such workers as may die ai a
result of accidents occurlng in the factory or shop above
mentioned and that such compematlon amounts shall be a
first charge on the immovable properties mentioned in the
Schedule hereunder and that tb© above undertaking shall
remain in force until all compensation payable hereunder
have been fully paid and ihall be binding upon us, our res-
pective heirs, executon, administrators and assigns.
We, our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns jointly
and severally undertake to keep the President of India in-
demnified against all claims that may be made on behalf of
workers dying as a result of accidents. In case the compen-
sation awarded is paid to the dependants by us or by our
heirs, executors, administrators and assigns the above written
bond shall be void but otherwise it ihall remain In full force
and virtue.
It is hereby anreed that the liability of the sureties here-
•under shall not be discharged by reason of time being granted
or any other indulgence shown to the Principal^) nor shall
it be necessary for th© President of India to sue the Prind-
pal(s) before suing the sureties for the amounts due here-
under.
826/9
SCHEDULE ABOVE REFERRED TO
(Hero full description of the Immovable properties should
be given).
In witness whereof these presents have been duly executed on
the
day of
19
Full signature of Licensee
'
Father's name- in full
Ago
Profession
Residence
Full signature of Surety
Father'* name in full
Ago
Profession
Residence
Full Sign" hire of Surety
Father's name in full
Age
Profession
Residence
-
Station
Executed in my presence
Date
District Magistrate
FORM 20
[Article I(a}-(d) of Schedule IV]
Licence to manufacture Explosives
No.
FeeRs
(per year)
Licence is hereby granted to
valid only for the manufacture of
at any one
time/per year at the premises described below subject to the pro-
visions of Explosives Act, 1884 as amended from time to time
and the rules framed thereunder and to the conditions of this
licence,
This licence shall remain valid till 31st day of March 19
This licence is Hable to be suspended or revoked for any
violation of the Act or rules framed thereunder or the conditions
of this licence or if the licensed premises are not/ound conform-
ing to tho description shown in the attached plans and
Annexures.
Description of the licensed premises
The licensed premises shown in plan Nos
attached hereto are situated at
District
and consist of
Chief Controller of Explosives
97 GI/8I—18
Endorsement for renewal of licence
Date of renewal
Date of expiry
Signature of Hcwitiiit
authority
Coadltto**
(l)(a) Details of construction of mounds, buildings and
vyorks connected with the factory are given in Aanexure 1
attached to the licence.
(b) The process to be carried out in each building/par*
of the factory, the limitation* at to the description I M
amount of explosives, ingredient! and article* liable to ipoa-
taneous ignition or inflammable or otherwise dangerous to bt
allowed in .each building and the maximum number of 1h»
persons to be employed in each building are given in Anne-
xure II attached to the licence.
(2) The materials as manufactured ihall be removed with-
out delay to the next proceij building or packing ibed at tt»
case may be.
(3) No change in the manufacturing process or the sequence
of the operations or the operations carried out in each build-
ing or plant and equipments used for the process shall ba
carried out without prior approval of the-licensing authority.
(4) No work not directly connected with the manufacture of
explosives as specified in the process shall be carried on is
any part of the factory.
(5) The interior of the compartments of the building*, la
which explosives are manufactured or handled and the fitting*
therein (other than machinery) ahull be so constructed or to
lined and covered as to prevent the exposure of any Iron
or steel, or the detaching of any grit, iron, iteel or similar
substance, in such manner as to come In contact with any
explosives. The interior of such compartments shall be kept
clean and free from grit.
(6) All machinery in the factory premise* (hall be pro-
perly and efficiently earthed.
(7) No additions and alterations shall be carried out in th«
licensed premises without a previous sanction In writing tjfl
the licensinR authority. Such additions and alterations 10
sanctioned shall be shown in the amended plan attached to
the licence.
(8) If the HcensInR authority or a Controller of Explosive*
cfilh upon the holder of the licence by notice In wWHna to
execute fnv repairs or to make anv ndditlonn or alterations
to the licensed premises or machinery, tools or apnnratus
which are in the opinion of such authority necessary for the
safety of the oremlsei or of the persons working in the fa©-
torv. the holder of the licence shall execute the repairs,
additions or alterations within the period specified by rach
authority.
(9) Before repairs are done to anv buildlnir or part thereof
in the factory the same sba1!. ss far ft* practicable, be defined
hv thr removal of all explosives or mixed Ingredients thereof
find bv tho<-oueh washino, and after »>uch cleaning tr»" COIKH-
tlofii of thi« licence nhail cease to amply to such building or
part thereof until the same Is again brought into use.
(10) Due provisions shall be made, by the use of nrftibte
working rflothes without pockets, suitable shoes, and by
le^rchfnff or otherwise or by such means, for preventing the
introduction Into danger area of the factory premise* of
fire, luclfer matches or any substance or article likely tt>
ennse exnios'on or fire, but thin eondlt'on nhsil not prevent
the introduction of an artificial HRht of iuch coiwtni'-tiofl,
position or character as not to cause any danger of fire or
exnlo?Ion.
(11) The licensee shall, at his own exoeme. provide for the
sure custody of the factory a puard which ihall be of »wh
strength ai the District Authority may consider to ha i n *
cient.
856/10
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II-SBC. 3(i)]
02) The licensee shall keep records and accounts of all
explosives manufactured and of all stocks in hand in form 31
& 32 and exhibit the stock books and records to any of the
qfQper+ authorised under rule 179 of Explosives Rules when-
ever such officer may call upon him to do so.
CI3) Accidents by fire or explosion, and losses, shortage
or thefts of explosives shall bo reported without delay to the
licensing authority and to the officer-in-charge of the Police
Station.
(14) Work in each building shall be carried out strictly in
accordance with the laid down working instructions and
procedures.
(15) The licensee and every p.erson employed in or about
the., factory shall take all due precautions for the prevention
of accidents by fire or explosion in the factory and for pre-
venting unauthorised person from having access to the factory
or to the explosives therein and shall abstain from any act
whatsoever which tends to cause fire or explosion and is not
Ygisonably necessary for the purpose! of work in the fac-
tofy.
1 (16) All buildings in which explosives nre manufactured,
handled, stored or packed excepting
buildings- in which
Ciemical and Physical Tests are carried out shall be protect-
ed efficiently against lightning and the lightning conductor
thaH be tested at least once every year.
i (17) Sweepings from the compartments of the building
in which explosives are manufactured or handled shall be
carefully collected and disposed as per laid down procedure.
TJfo effluent shall be discharged only after proper treatment
BI per laid down procedure.
(18) The licensee shall appoint a qualified and competent
person to supervise the manufacture of explosives and other
process and to conduct the operations in accordance with
the regulations.
i (19) No iron or steel implements shall be used unless
specially authorised by the licensing authority.
(20) Free access to the licensed premises shall be Riven at
alJ times to any inspecting or sampling officer and all facilities
shall be afforded to the officer for ascertaining that the pro-
Tisions of the Art and Rules and the conditions of this
licen^1© are duly observed.
{21) No workers are to enter or leave the Factory except
by the gates provided for the purpose and workers shall leave
the factory with all reasonable despatch after the expiration
of their Working hours.
(22) No worken shall enter any dancer building or part
of the Factory other than those in which he or the Is em-
ployed, except by the orders of the licensee or person fncharge.
(23) No person shall enter any danger building or "clean"
ar.ea without first putting on the matr^zine boots or shoes pro-
vided, nntf on no account nre such boots or shoes to be worn
except in the danger buldings or upon the clean platforms
and ttjey are never on any pretence to be deposited where
th{y »re liable to come into contact with grit.
(24) Every person employed in any danger buildinsr shall
before commencing work put on the danger building clothing
provided. No pockets are to be worn in any clothing whether
otiter or under clothing.
(25) All Fire Buckets are to be kept filled with clean
water nni rendv for use. They arc not tp be removed from
the positions assigned to them, nor used for any but fire pur-
pose. In frostv weather steps are to bo taken by frequent
rtftllmg or otherwise to prevent the formation of ice
in
the buckets,
(26) All maahfnery in danger bulldinss is to be examined
daily and should the plant or machinery in anv danger build-
Ins appear to be out of order or should anything go wrong
with it, the operation or machine is at once to be stepped.
(27) Before wcrrk U commenced in any dancrer building all
exist doors, shall be unlocked and arranged sothat ih?v may
btf easily pushed open. No exist door shall be blocked by any
table, packing case or other article.
(28) All boxes and packages are to be lifted and carried end
never dragged across the floors. No broken or defective
package of explosive is to be sent out of the factory.
FORM 21
[Article 2(a) & 2(b) of Schedule IV]
Licence to possess and sell Explosive*
No.
Fee Ri
per year
Licence is hereby granted to
for possession and sale of explosives at the premises described
below of the quantities of explosives specified hi Additional
Condition No
subject to the provisions of Explo-
sives Act, 1884 as amended and the rul«s made thereunder
and to the conditions of this licence.
This licence shall remain in force till the 3 lit day of
March 19
This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked lor any
violation of the Act or rules framed thereunder or the condi-
tions of this licence or if the licenced premises are not found
conforming to the description shown in attached plan.
Description of the licensed premises
The licensed premises are shown on drawing
(i) No
dated
(ii) No
dated
(iii) No
dated
attached hereto and situated at
A .,
and coniist of
Chief Controller of Explosives
The
19
•
Controller of Explosives.
Space for renewal endorsement
Date of renewal
Date of expiry
Signature of licensing
authority
Conditions
(1) The quantity of explosives on the premises at any one
time shall not exceed the liccnsable capacity.
(2) The magazine shall be used only for keeping all ex-
plosives specified in additional condition No
of this
licence and of receptacles for, or toolj or implements for
work connected with the keeping of such explosives.
(3) The opening of packages and the weighing and packing
of explosives shall not be carried on in the magazine.
(4)(1) Two or more descriptions of explosives which may
be permitted to be kept in the magazine by additional condi-
tion No
shall be kept in the magazine only if
they are separated from each other by an intervening parti-
tion of such substance and character, or by such intervening
space, as will effeclmllv prevent explosion or fire in the
one communicating with the other.
Provided that—
(a) the various explosives of classes 1 (gunpowder),
2 (nitrate^mixturc), 3 (nitro-compound) and 4 (chlo-
rate mixture), safety fuses belonging to the 1st Divi-
sion of the 6th (Ammunition) Class, and Such of
the various explosives of the 2nd Division of the
6th. (Ammunition) Class as do not contain any ex-
posed iron or steel, may be kept with each other
without any intervenina partition TO space I
826/11
(b) the
various
explosives of the
1st Division of the
6th (Ammunition) Class may be kept with each
other without any Intervening partition or space;
(c) such of the various explosives of the 2nd Division
of the 6th (Ammunition) Class as contain any ex-
posed iron or steel, may be kept with each other
without any intervening paitition or space;
(d) the varioui explosive! of the 3rd Division of the
6th (Ammunition) Clais may be kept with each
other without any intervening partition or space,
(e) the various explosives of the 7th (Fireworks), Claw
other than those containing chlorate may be kept
with each other without any intervening partition
or tpBce.
(2) Save as aforesaid, two or more descriptions of expio-
livei shall not be kept in the magazine notwithstanding the
provisions of Additional Condition No.
(J)(l) Explosives of the 3rd (Ni'tro-compoundl Clasi shall
not be kept in the magazine after the expiration of one year
from the date of their manufacture except with the special
lanction of a Controller of Explosives.
(2) When such sanction has been given, a written ceitl-
Bcate showing the period covered by the sanction
must be
nbtaraed from a Controller of Explosives at each inspection,
ind must be kept by the licensee and produced on demand.
(3) When an explosive owing; to its being no longer
of
itandard purity or owing to signs of liquefaction or of exuded
litro-glycerine or liquid ttitrb-compound is no longer fit
tor storage In the magazine, the licensee shall comply, at
tu's own expense, with such directions ag to its disposal ai
foe Chief Controller or Controller of Explosives may issue.
(6) The interior of the magazine, and the benches, shelves
ind fittings therein, shall be so constructed or IO lined or
;overed as to prevent the exposure of any iron or iteel and
the detaching of grit, iron, steel or similar substances in such
manner as to come into contact with the explosives.
Such
interior, benches, shelves and fittings shall so far as Is rea-
lonably practicable, be kept free from grit and otherwise
clean; and, in the case of any explosives liable to bo danger-
ouily affected by water, due precaution! shall be taken to
•xclude water therefrom.
Provided that so much of this condition as relates to
precations against the expoiure of any iion or steel shall not
be obligatory in a building in which no explosive other than
explosive of the lit Division of 6th (Ammunition) Class ii
kept.
(7) If the lightning conductor is tested by a Controller of
Explosives, the license© shall pay the fees prescribed for
(UCh'teSL In the event of the test proving unsatisfactory, the
lame fees shall be payable by the licensee for each subsequent
*st until the lightning conductor is passed by the testing
afflcer as satisfactory.
Provided that the feet payable for a linglo test shall be
'harged for all teits made on a conductor during any one
lay.
Provided also that where two or more lightning conduo-
:or» are attached to one and the same magazine, the fee for
he testing of all such conductors shall not exceed the fee
jrescribed in this condition for testing a single lightning
jonductor.
(8) Due provision shall be made, by the use of suitable
forking clothes without pockets, suitable shoes, and by
icarching or, otherwise, or by some such means, for preventing
Be Introduction into the magazine of ftre, lucifer matrhes or
iny substance; or article likely to cause explosion or fire, or
)f any grit, Iron or steel; but this condition shall not prevent
he introduction rpf an artificial light of such construction,
toittloo or character as approved by Chief Controller as
lot to cause any danger of fire or explosion:
Provided that so muqh of this condition as applies to the
ixclusion of iron or steel, shall not be obligatory in a building
n which no explosive other than an explosive of the lit
Jfviijofl dt the «tb {Ammunition) Class is kept.
(9) The licensee shall keep records and accounti of all
explosives in stock and of all sales or issues in forms- 32
and 33 in his office and produce the stock books and record!
to any oilicer uuthoiiscd under rule 179 whenever s\ich
officer may call upon him so to do.
(10) Any accident and all losses, shortage of
itock and
thefts of explosive? ihall be reported without dealy to the
nearest policy station, and the licensing authority.
(11) Free excess to the licensed premises ihall be given at
all reasonable times to any inspecting or sampling'officer and
every facility shall be given to iuch officer for ascertaining
that the rules and conditions of the licence are duly observed.
(12) No changes or alterations shall be carried out to the
premises without prior approval of the licensing authority
and the licensee shall comply with any condition that may
be specified by the licensing authority in this behalf.
(13) if the licensing authority calls upon the holder of the
licence by a notice in writing to take any action which may
in the opinion of such authority be necessary for the safety
of the premises or the public, the holder of licence shall take
nuch action within such period, not being less than one
month from the date of receipt of the notice, as may be
fixed by the notice.
(14) Magazine" shall at all times be kept in state of good
repair (or maintained in good condition). The licensee shall
report to licensing authority foithwith, if the magazine be-
comes unfit for storage of any explosive for any reason what-
soever.
(15) The licensee shall submit at the end of every month
a return showing receipts and issue of explosives to the
licensing authority as well as the renewal authority in the
proforma prescribed from time to time so as to reach the
above authorities by 10th day of the succeeding month.
(16) Any encroachment of the safety
distance
shall be
immediately communicated to the licensing authority for
necessary advice and action.
(17) The licensing authority ihall be immediately informed
foi advice if any explosive is found deteriorated oi unser-
viceable.
(IS) The explo»ive packages shal] be stacked in such a way
so as to allow movement of at least one person to check
the condition of all packages stored and to read the manu-
facture particular! of each packago.
Provided that this provision is not necessary jki caw of
shortage of fireworks or «afety fuie.
(19) The resistance of the lightning
conductor
to
earth
shall bo as low as possible and iu no case more than 1Q ohmi.
(20) A distance of 15 metres surrounding the magazine
stall be kept dear of dried grais or bush or flammable mate-
rial!.
(21) Every packet of explosive at the time of bringing
inside the magazine shall be examined for its sound condi-
tion.
(22) Not more than 4 persons shall be allowed inside the
mfagazine at any one time.
(23) Empty packages of the explosives Shall be removed
at the earliest and destroyed.
FORM 22
[Articles 3(a) and 3(b) of Schedule IV]
licence to possess Explosives for us6
No.
Fee Rs
,.,.,....per year
Licence is hereby granted to
.-,'
'.,
for possrstiion and use of explosives of the quantities speci-
fied in additional condition No.
subject to tHe provi-
sions of Explosives Act, 1884 as amended and the rule*
416/14
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
made thereunder and to the conditions of this licence. The
explosives shall be itored at the nremises described below:
Description of the llcenied premises
The llcenied premises are shown on drawing—
(i) No
dated
(ID No
dated
(HO No
dated
ittachcd hereto and iltuated at
•
«od consist of
This licence shall remain in force till 31st day of March,
»»
This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked for any
violation of the Act, or rules framed thereunder or the condi-
tions of this licence or if the licensed premises are not found
conforming to the description as per attached plans.
Chief Controller of Explosives
The
19..
Controller of Explosives
Space for renewal endorsement
Dftto of renewal
Date of expiry
Signature of licensing
authority
CONDITIONS
(1) The quantity of explosives on the premise* at any
one time, unless permitted by the licensing authority, (hall
Opt exceed the licenceable capacity.
(2) The magazine shall be used only for keeping all ex-
plosives specified in additional condition No.
of this
licence and of receptacles for, or tools or Implements for
work connected with the keeping of such explosive.
(3) The opening of packages and the weighing and packing
of explosive! shall not be carried on in the magazine.
(4) (1) Two or more descriptions of explosives which may
be permitted to be kept in the magazine by additional condi-
tion No.
shall be kept in the magazine only if they
an separated from each other by an Intervening partition of
•uch subrtance and character, or by such intervening space,
M will effectually prevent explosion or fire u
the one
communicating with the other.
Provided that—
to ^ ° various explosive* of Classes l (gunpowder).
2 (Nitrate-mixture), 3 (nltro-compound) and 4 (chlo-
rite mixture), safety fuses belonging to the 1st
Division of the 6th (Ammunition) Class, and such
of the various explosives of the 2nd Division of the
6th (Ammunition) Class as do not contain any ex-
posed iron or steel, may be kept with each other
without any intervening partition or space;
^
*iV Vf? O U I
exPlosJv»» of 'he 1st Division of the
6th (Ammunition) Class may be kept with each
otfter without any intervening partition or space;
fC) liftfcf «£ ?*riou" "xPl0<lve' of the 2nd Division
of the. fith (Ammunition) Class as contained any
exposed iron or steel may be kept with each other
without any Intervening partition or space;
( d ) *!&, V?A 0 U" "f?to^VBi, O f
t h e
3 r d DMalOP of
the
t$L?38l
n??
km)
?
Ias> "¥* *
kep* with each
other without any Intervening partition or space;
(•) tfai| varioui exnlosives of the 7th (Fireworks) Class
other th.n (hose containing chlorate raav be kept
W^MS?
W l t h°
U t *nV lntervenil* writSn
U) ^ttve as aforesaid, two or more descriptions of explo-
r e s siiau not oe kepi in me magazine noiwiL&aanuing the
pioviiiou ot additional condition No.
\Ji w xixpiosives oi me iia (JNiiro-i-oinpo'undj olaas shall
nut uc k.Dpi ui uic luaMiuJiie ttlier uio exjjiiauun ul une year
iiUiu lilq U41C 01 Uh.il
UltUillluVlUrC CXCCpl WltU [Q6 up\.titAL
jui^uuii ui a v^oauouei oi £.Apio«ivev.
W) Wfltn suuii sanction has been given, a wiutcn certi-
litan. suowjiig me penou covcied ny me sanuioa muit be
uuiduicu uoui a ^omioiier ot txplosivei at eaUl inspection,
uua uiuai. uc s.cpt oy me licensee unu piouuccu on uemand.
W Wuen an exploiive owing to its being no longer of
uiuiiuuru puniy or uwing to signs of iiquciHUion or ot
txuuea nmo-aiycecine or liquid tuuo-compouad is no longer •
iic IOI aioiajjc m uio DMHkuine, the licensee shall comjuy,
ui lus own cAp<,nac wiia tiuch ducctioiis us to its disposal us
me caiet conuouer or CouuoUcr ot Explosive) may ij»ue,
(.6) lnc interior of the magazine, and the benches, shelves
and fittings moicin, snail be so conauueted or so lined or
coveieu as to pievent the exposure of any iron or steel and
Uic uetaUiiDg ot grit, iron, steel or similar substance* in
suua manner as to u>me into contact with the explosives.
inch interior, benches, shelves and fittings shall so far as
is teasonably practicable, be kept tree from grit and other-
wise clean; and, in the case of any explosive liable to be
dangerously aaected by water, duo precautions shall be taken
to exclude water therefrom:
Provided that so much of this condition as relates to pre-
cautions against the exposure of any Iron or steel shall not
be obligatory in a building in which no explosive other than
expiowvc ot the 1st Division of 6th (Ammunition) Class is
(7) If the lightning conductor Is tested by a Controller of
Explosives, the licensee shall pay the fees prescribed for
such test. In the event of the test proving unsatisfactory, tht
same fees shall be payable by the licensee for each subse-
quent test until the lightning conductor is passed by the
testing officer as satisfactory.
Provided that the fees payable for a single test shall be
cnarged for all test* made on a Conductor during any ono
Provided also that where two or more lightning conductors
are attached to one and the same mag&ine, the fee for the
testing of all such conductors shall not exceed the fee pres-
ductor m
c o m i l t i o n
f o r 'rating a single lightning con-
(8) Due provision shall be made, by the use of suitable
workinR clothes without pockets, suitable shoes, and bv
searching or otherwise, or by some such means for prevent-
ing the introduction into the magazine of fite, lucifer matehc*
or any substance; or article likely to cause explosion or flre^
or of any grit; iron or steel but this condition shall not pre^
vent the introduction of an artificial light of such construc-
i£e\rCp?on.ion: **"*"
" ^
to
^
M y * « • "
o £
Provided that so mucti of this condition as applies to the
exdusion of iron or steel, shall not be obligatory in a
building to which no explosive other than an explosive of
the 1st Division of the 6th (Ammunition) Class Is kept
(9) The licensee shall keep records and accounts of all
explosive, in stock and used In form, 32 aSdlTin his office
and produce the stock books and record, to ansT officer
u p r s r ^ o ?
1 1 6 1 7 9 whenever guch °
m™ ^ ^
thrft°.)^ny 1CC!dent u n,f.? n l 0 M M' "hortago of stock and
thefts of explosives shall t» reported without delay to the
nearest police station, and the licensing authority;
(11) Free excess to the licensed premises shall be given it
all reasonable times to any Inspecting or sampling officer
?"d T?tlaclhtX
s h a U b« «*«! to such officer for
rort*j£
obWSed.
conditions of the licence tre duly
nrim^ ^
Sj,""8*1 2 f a I t e r« d o n l *«" *» CMlJed OUt U> th.
premises without prior approval of the lfcen»lng inanity
836/D
the licensee shall comply with any condition that may
specified by the licensing authority in thi« behalf.
13) If the licensing authority calls upon the holder of the
nee by a notice in writing to take any action which may
the opinion of »uch authority be necessary for the ssfety
the premise! or the public, the holder of licence shall take
ch action within such period, not being lew than one
onto from the date of receipt of the notice, as may be fixed
f the notice.
(14) Magazine shall at all times be kept in state of good
jpair (or maintained In good condition). The licensee shall
eport to licensing authority forthwith, if the magazine be-
omes unfit for storage of any explosive for any reason what*
Oever.
(13) The licensee shall submit at the end of every month
a return showing receipts and issue of explosive! to the
licensing authority as well a» the renewal authority In the
protonna prescribed from time to time so as to reach the
above authorities by 10th day of the succeeding month.
(16) Any encroachment of the safety distance shall be Im-
mediately cdmmutiicated to the licensing authority for necei-
sary advice and action.
(17) The licensing authority shall be immediately Informed
for advice If any explosive la found deteriorated or unservice-
able.
(18) The explosive packages shall be stacked In such * way
so as to allow movement of at least one person to check
the condition of all packages stored and to read the manu-
facture particulars of each package.
Provided that this provision 1» not necessary in caw of
shortage of fireworks or safety fuse.
(19) The resistance of "the lightning conductor to earth
shall be as low as possible and in no case more than 10
ohms.
(20) A distance of 15 metre» surrounding the magazine shall
be kept dear of dried grass or bush or flammable material!.
(21) Every packet of explosive at the time of bringing
rnslde the magazine shall be examined for its sound condi-
tion.
(22) Not more than 4 persons shall be allowed Inside the
magazine at any one time.
(23) Empty packages of the explosives shall be removed at
the earliest and destroyed,
(24) The explosives shall not be used for blasting purpose*
In the ureas not commit within the purview of Mines Act,
lmlese the license© employs a qualified shot fltw holding a
ahot-flrer's permit granted under the Explosives Rules or
the person having equivalent qualifications as recognised by
the Chief Controller.
(25) The licensee and the shot flrer shall be responsible for
preparation of charts, the charging of hole* and the firing
of shots and shall take all precautions against flre and acci-
dent involving the explosives.
(26") No smoking or any source of light or flre shall be
allowed In or near the place where explosives chargei are
beioR prepared or kept
(27) For charging or stemming a shot hole, no person shall
me an iron or steel tools, scraper, or tamping rod, not shall
forcibly pros* the explosive Into a hole of insufficient lire.
A tamping rod made entirely of good shall be used.
(28) Before exploding any blasting cbSTje. adequate mea-
sure* shall be taken so as to prevent at far as ponlble, the
projection of fragment* of stone by the explosion of the
blasting charge.
(29) No person shall re-bore or temper a whole that hat
w * been charged or attemot to withdraw a charge either
before firing or after a misfire or deepen or tamper with
empty nole« or sockets left after blasting.
2"1 Before commencing shot firing the licensee shall grve
lufflclent warning to the public by an efficient system ©f
•ignals and by putting up red flags in the danger tone. He
•hall see that all persons in the vicinity have taken proper
shelter and shall also take suitable step* to prevent any
person approaching the shot.
(31) The licensee shall warn the public not to approach
the sit« of blasting operation at least within an hour after
explosion or in the case of an open quairy. not to approach
such quarry within half an hour after explosion.
(32) The number of shots which explode shall be counted
and unless it is certain that all the shota have been exploded
no person shall approach or be permitted to approach the
place until 30 minutes after the firing of shots.
(33) In the event of a misfire, If a relieving hole Is to be
driller, it shall not be plucod within 30 cm. from the mlt-
flred hole. The relieving hole shall run parallel to the misfired
hole.
FORM 23
[Article 5(aMc) of Schedule IV]
Licence to possess explosives for use
(a) by cultivator!, Class 2 and/or Class 3 explosives not
exceeding 2.5 kg., electric or ordinary detonators
not exceeding 5 nos. and safety fuse not exceeding
10 metres.
OR
(b) small arms nitro-compound not exceeding 5 Kgs,
(in the State of Kerala).
OB
(c) Gun-powder not exceeding 5 kgs, and safety fuse
not exceeding 50 metres (in the State of Bihar,
Kerala and West Bengal).
No.
Fee—Free of charge
Licence is hereby granted to
valid only for the possession on the premise* described
below of the following quantities of explosive* for own use
iubiect to the provision of Explosives Act, 1884 as amended
and rules framed thereunder and to the conditions of this
licence.
This licence shall remain In force till
(See note below)
This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked for any
violation of the Act as amended from time to time or the
rules framed thereunder or the conditions of this licence or
If the licensed premises are not found conforming to th»
description as per attached plant.
Description of the licensed premises
The licensed premises shown In plan—
(0 No
dated
(ii) No
dated
(HO No
dated
attached hereto sr* situated at. t....*...
...*
and consist of
,
Tn«
District Authority
Date of renewal
Date of expiry
Signature of licensing
authority.
Note.—The licence if granted to Cultivators for their own
me shall be granted for a period not exceeding 15 day*.
CondMow
(1) The explosives shall be kept In a substantial bulidmt
constructed of non-flammable materials or In a fireproof
box u may be approved by the lfceiMlni authority, separated
from any dwelling house or other building, another licensed
826/14
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA ; EXTRAORDINARY
[PA** H—SBC. 3(i)
premises, highway, street, public thorough-fare or public
place by distance of minimum 45 metres and made and
closed so as to prevent unauthorised persons from having
access thereto and to secure It from danger from without.
(2) The interior of the building or ths box ai a case may
be and all fittings therein shall be so constructed, covered,
or lined, as to prevent the exposure of any iron or <;teel,,
or of any hard or gritty surface ax the entry, detaching or
cumulating of any grit, iron, steel or Similar substance.
(3) Adequate provision shall be made for the ventilation
»nd the interior of the building or box shall be kept scrupul-
ously cleaned.
(4) In case any of the explosive store is liable to be dnnaev-
ously 'effected by water, due precautions «hall be taken to
exclude water from the storage place.
(5) Detonators shall not be stored along with other ex-
plosives. Detonators, If required shall be stored in a different
building or fireproof box located at a distance of minimum
1.5 metres from the building or box where other explosive!
are stored.
(6) The doors of the building or the box shall open out-
wards, and shall be kept clearly closed or locked except
when required to'be opened for receipt or issue of explosive*
or for other necessary purposes.
(7) All articles or substances of cxploslva or highly In-
flammable nature shall be kept at a safe distance from the
explosives and from any room or part of a building or fire-
proof box containing the explosive, and Bo person enfen«»K
»uch room or part of building or opening such safe shall have
any iron or steel ii> his possession or attached to or on hi*
boots or shoes.
(8) No tools. Implement*, balance, weight*, etc. made of
Iron or steel shall be kept at any time on the premise*.
(9) Gunpowder or other explosives exceeding 0.5 kg In
quantity shall be kept in a substantial case, bag, canister
or other receptacle made and closed io as to prevent the
explosives from escaping.
(10) The licensee shall keep records in form 32 and 34
and shall exhibit his stock and register to any of the officers
authorised under rule 179 6f Explosives iRulej whenever such
officer-may call upon him so to do.
(U) All losses, shortage of stock or thefts of explosives
shall be reported without delay to the nearest police sta-
tion and the licensing authority.
(12) The total quantity of explosives that can bo purchased
bv a cultivator for own use shall not exceed 2.5 kg. of
Class 2 and/or Class 3 explosives, 5 no*, of detonators and
10 metres of safety fuse.
tl3) The licensee shall at the^tlme of purchasing explosive!
hpve the following particulars endorsed upon his licence and
signed by the person delivering and receiving fhe explosive*.
(i) Name and address and 'licence No. of the person
delivering explosives;
(5f) Name and address of the perjon who takes delivery
• of the explosives purchased;
(110 Thp kind and qusstltles-of -explosive* purchased;
(y). The date- of purchase.
(14) Explosive* purchased on the strength of thfs licence
nball not be sold or transferred to any other penon.
(15) Free access to the licensed premises shall be given at
all reasonable times to any Inspecting or sampling officer
and all facility shall be afforded to the officer for ascertain-
ing that the provision of the Act and the rnj« jmd-the
coadlikmi-of th»- licence are "duly observed.
(I«) THe-stock of exploslvei remaining on expiry of Mfcence'
•hall be Sntimated to the licensing authority and the licensee
•hall comply with the fawtructioni of such authority regard-
ing disposal of explosives.
(171 The licensee for the purpose of *)nstta« explosives
•haH •mploy a <malifled ptma
hold/n* » Shot-Ffrert Permit
grtBted-tmder tfce«e rules.
(18) Maximum quantity of explosive^ that may be ke_
et any one time shall not exceed—
(i) Gunpowder (Class 1)
•<*£
(ii) Small arms nitro-compound
*8
(in) Safety Fuse
Metre
(iv) Nitro-compounds (Class 3)
kg.
(v) Nitrate Mixtmes (Class 2)
kg.
(vi) Detonators
Not.
(19) The licensee may by filling catridges making charge or
otherwise adapt or prepare for use any explosive he la autho-
rised to possess undor this licence piovided that—
(a) the total quantity of explosives on the licensed pre-
mise* including the workshop in which such adapta-
tion or preparation is carried on, shall not exceed
the quantity the licensee is authorised to possess.
(b) No work unconnected with such adaptation, or pre-
paration shall be carried on in the said workshop
while such adaptation or preparation Is beta* carried
on,
(r) the said workshop shall be situated fit a, distance of
metres as shown in plan No
dated
attached
hereto.
(d) an explosive of one descript'on sha1! not be convert-
ed into an explosive of another description and an
explosive shall not bs unmade or resolved Into 1U
ingredients; and
(e) the licensee shall given notice to the authority which
granted his licence that he intends to carry on such
adaptation or preparation an it allowed by this
licence.
FORM 24
(Article 4 of Schedule IV)
Licence to possess and sell small arms Nitro-comoound
not exceeding 25 kgs. Or manufactured fireworks not exceed-
ing 1000 kgs. of Class 7 Division 2 Sub-Division 1, 100 kgi.
of Class 7 Division 2 Sub-Division 2 nnd Safety Fuse not
exceeding 10,000 Metres.
No.
Fees Rs.
(per year)
Licence is hereby grunted to
,
valid only for the possession and *ale at the licensed premise*
described below of the quantities of explosives specified in
additional condition No.
subject to the provisions
of the Explosive* Act, 1884 as amended, and the rules
made thereunder and to the conditions of this licence,
This licence shall remain
in force till 31st day of
March 19
This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked for iny
violation of the Act as amended from time to tune or tho
rules framed thereunder or the conditions of this licence or
if the licensed premises are not found conforming to the
description as per attached plan*.
Description of the licensed premise*
The licensed premises aro iituated at.., . . . , . . . , . , , . . . . . . .
•J shown in plan—
(0 No.. .
dated
j . .
(li) No
dated
(Hi) No,,
dated
and consist of
,,
, .,.,
, , , ,
"Th*
Controller of Exploitva*
Endorsement for lenewal
Date of renewal
Date of expiry
Signature of licensing
^
authority
S26/15
Condition.
(1) All explosives on the premises shall be kept in * sub-
tantial brick stone or concrete building which is closed and
secured so as to prevent Unauthorised persons from having
access thereto or in a similarly closed and, secured substantial
receptacle (whether or not a fire-proof safe)
placed inside
a dwelling house, other building which is not itself qualified
for the keeping of explosives provided that there shall not be
kept in a fire-proof safe any explosive other than small
«rm nitro-compounds.
(2) The interior of every building and receptacle iised for
keeping explosives and the shelves and fittings therein shall
be so constructed or so lined and covered as to prevent the
exposure of any Iron or steel, or the detaching of any grit,
Iron, steel or similar substance, in such manner as to come
into contact with the explosives. Such interior, shelves and
fittings shall, so far as is reasonably practicable, be kept
free from grit and otherwise clean.
(3) The building or receptacle in which explosive is kept
must be used only for the keeping of such explosive and for
no other purpose whatsoever.
(4) Explosives of different descriptions which may be kept
under this licence shall, be- separated by an intervening parti-
tion of such substance and character; or by such inter-
vening space, as will eifectually prevent explosion oi fare in
the one communicating with the other:
Provided that —
(a) small arms nitro-compound and safety fuses belong-
ing to the 1st Division of the 6th (Ammunition)
Class may be kept with each other without any in-
terveing prtition or space ;
(b) the Various explosives of the 1st Division of 6th
(Ammunition) Class may be kept with each other
without intervening partition or space ;
(c) the various explosives of the 7th (Fireworks) Class
other than those containing chlorates may be kept
with each other without any intervening partition
or space.
(5) Any quantity exceeding 2.5 kg. of an explosive of the
1st Division of the 6th (Ammunition) Class or of the 2nd
Division of the 7th (Fireworks) Class and all other explo-
sives exceeding 0.5 kg. must be kept in a substantial bag,
canister or case made and closed so as to prevent any explo-
«ives from escaping and shall b© otherwise packed and marked
in accordance with the requirements of rules 8 & 9 of the
Explosives Rules.
(6) No oil, paints, matches, lights, nny article of a highly
flammable or explosive nature or liable to cause fire or ex-
plosion or any acids or similar substances, shall be brought
or kept on the licensed premises.
(7) No tools, implements, balance, weights, etc., made of
iron or steel shall be kept at any time in tho licenced nre-
mises, and no person on the licensed piemises shall have
any iron or steel in his possession, or attached to or on his
boots or shoes.
(8) The licensee shall keep records and accounts of all
stock of explosives in hand and of all sales In forms 32 and 33
and shall exhibit his stock and his books and records to anv
Qi the officers authorised under rule 179 of the Explosives
Rules whenever such officer may call upon him so to do.
(9) All sale* of explosives under this licence must be effect-
ed on the premises described on the face of the licence.
(10) All loses, shortages of stock and thefts of explosives
shall be reported without delay to the police station In Whoso
jurisdiction the licensed premises are situated and to the
licensing authority.
(Ill Free nccesa to the licensed premises shall be given nt
all reasonable times to any inspecting or sampling officer and
every facility shall be afforded to the officer for asterlaininn
that the provisions of the Act and the Rules and the condi-
tion! of this licence are duly observed.
FORM 25
Article 9 of Schedule IV
LICENCE FOR ROAD VAN
No,
P«» R»
U>er v w >
Licence is hereby granted to
,
to transport explosives by road van as des-
cribed below subject to the provisions of the Explosives Act,
1884, as amended and the rules made thereunder and to the
conditions of this licence.
This licence shall remain in force till
This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked for any
violation of the Act or the Rules fiamfd thereunder or the
conditions of this licence or if the van is not found con*
forming to following description—
Description of road v»«
Make
Registration No.
Engine No.
Chassis No.
Description of other fittings
Approved Drawing No. & date.
Quantity of explosives permitted to carry
Dste
Chief Controller of Explosives
Space for endorsement of renewals
Date of renewal
Date of expiry of
Signature and office
licence
stunp
of
the
licensing
authority.
Condition*
(1) This licence is not transferable to any other road van.
(2) No alterations should be made to the vehicle, its body
and other fittings without approval from the UcenSIna autho-
rity
(3) This licence or its authenticated copy shall at oil
times be kept in the van and produced on demand by an
inspecting officer.
(4) The road van shall not be used for transport of ex-
plosives unless it is in a fit condition and complies with
the Explosives Rules.
(Ti The road van shall not be used for transport of any
material other than that authorised by this licence.
(6) No smoking and no fire or artificial light or any
article capablo of causing fire shall be allowed on the toad
van.
^
(7) The vehicle shall not be used tor carrying passengers.
(8) Road van, while explosives are being loaded or un-
loaded or transported ifaall always be under the charge of
competent person who shall be experienced in handling of
explosives and fully conversant thereunder. Where the vehicle
h not driven by the licence holder, a document signed by
the licensee naming persons authorised to drive and accom-
pany the vehicle shall be carried' in the van and produced
on demand to an inspecting officer.
8 2 6 / 1 6
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
tPART II-Sec. 3(i)}
(9) No explosive, unless they are packed In accordance
with the Explosive! Rules or in a manner specified by the
Chief Controller shall be transported In the road van.
(10) Detonator* ihall not be transported with any othw
explosive!.
(11) Any break down, accident, fire or explosion orcuirlni
In or involving the road van, shall be immediately reported
to the licensing authority together with a full report of such
break down, accident, fire or explosion. If such accident,
fire or explosion is attended with loss of human life or
serious fqiurv to person or property a report shall also be
made immediately to the nearest Police Station
12. The
explosives
shall be loaded
into the
van only
at the licensed premises of consignor and Unloaded from the
van at the licensed premises of the consignee,
FORM U
(Article 8 of Schedule IV)
LICENCE TO TRANSPORT EXPLOSIVES
No.
Fee* Rs
(per year)
Licenc« It hereby granted to
to transport following explosive .<—
Sr. •
Nan*
Class
Division
No.
from the premises licensed in form
bearing Ucenc*
No
situated at
to
places specified below subject to th« provisions of th# Explo-
sives Act 1884, as amended and the rules made thereunder
and to the conditions of this licence.
Places of destination :—
S.
Place
District
Stats
No.
This licence shall remain in force till 31st day of March,.
19
This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked on any
violation of the Act or rules framed thereunder or the
conditions of the licence.
Chief Controller of Exploshes.
Space for renewal endorsement
Date of renewal
Date of expiry
Signature of licensing
authority
CondUloM
(1) This licence becomes void on the expiration of the
terms mentioned therein or if a consignment break before
reaching the place of destination or if the explosives is taken
from or to any place other than the places mentioned in
the licence.
(2) The licensee shall transport only such explosives as he
is authorised to possess under the Act and the Rules framed
thereunder.
(3) The quantity of explosives despatched to any consignee
shall not exceed the quantity which such consignee is entitled
to possess under a licence granted under these rules.
(4) Each consignment of explosives shall be covered by
a pass in Form 16 and that (when the explosives are trans-
ported by rail) such puss shall be attached to the way bill
or the invoice as the case may be.
(3) A copy of each pass issued for each consignment shall
be sent to—
(i) Licensing authority;
(ii) Controller of Explosives in whose
Jurisdiction the
premises from which the consignment is sent, it
situated;
(iii) The Controller of Explosives in whose jurisdiction the
premises to which the explosives are sent it situated.
(6) Any loss, shortage or theft of explosives in transit shall
be reported without delay to the licensing authority and to
the police station and to the Controller of Explosives In whose
jurisdiction the loss, shortage or theft is discovered.
(7) The explosives shall be packed In accordance with
rules 8 & 9 of the Explosives Rules.
FORM 27
(Article 6 of Schedule IV)
Licence to Import Explosives
No.
Fee Ri
Licence is hereby granted to
to import by sea/airland at any one time explosives of the
description given below at the port of
tor consignment to persons mentioned below subject to the
provisions of the Explosives Act, 1884 and the Rules made
thereunder and to the conditions on the back of this licence.
This licence shall remain in force till the
This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked for any
violation of the Act as amended or the rules framed thsre-
under or the conditions of this licence.
The
19
Chief Controller of Explosives.
DESCRIPTION OF EXPLOSIVES AND CONSIGNEE
Name of Weight Number Consignee's Licence
Remarks
explosives
of
name &
No. of
Class &
packages
address to the mega-
Division
whom explo- xlne store
gives will be house ot
sent from
the con-
phco of
signed
import
CoodUow
tl) No explosives other than those permitted under this
licence shall be imported.
(2) The quantity of explosives imported shall not exceed
that authorised by this licence,
(3) All explosives imported under this licence shall be
packed in accordance with rules 8 and 9 of Explosives Rules.
(4) No shb or boat or air craft containing explosive Im-
ported on the strength of this licence shall brlDg to or more
and no such explosive shall be unloaded or transhipped from
any ship or boat or air craft except at the port authorised
by this licence.
(5) The licensee shall comply with all the rules and regu-
lations in force at the port of import mentioned In this
licence.
826/17
(6) The owner and master of the ship or boat or air
craft in which explosives are imported on the strength of
this licence, shall, if and when required by an inspecting
authority or the custom's authority having jurisdiction over
the place of importation, allow such inspector or officer to
take for examination samples of any explosive so imported.
(7) As noon as the explosive has been cleared from the
place/port anil despatched to the rn.igazine/store house for
storage, the licensee shall complete the importer's transmission
schedule in Form 15 and forward it to the Chief Controller.
(8) The explosive shall be despatched to the various con-
signees mentioned in the licence directly from the port and
the licensee shall make prior arrangements to cn'ure that
there is no hold up of explosives at any pljjce.
(9) The imported explosives if of Class 3 or Class 4 shall
not be unloaded from the ship or bout unless such explosive!
have been tested and permission to unload given by the
Chief Controller of Explosives authorised for the purpose.
FORM 28
(Article 7 of Schedule IV)
Licence to Export Explosives
No.
Fee Rs
Licence is hereby granted to
to export by sea/air/land, explosives of the description
given below from the port of
to persons mentioned below subject to the provisioni of Ex-
plosives Act, 1884 and the Rules made thereunder and to
the conditions of this licence.
This licence shall remain in force till the
This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked at any
time for violation of the Act or Rules framed thereunder or
the conditions of this licence.
T n e
19 •
Chief Controller of Explosives
DESCRIPTION OF EXPLOSIVES AND CONSIGNEE
Name of explosives
Weight
No. of Consignee's Remark*
Class & Division
packages name and
address
Coudltious
(1) Nn
explosives
other
than
those
permitted
under
this licence.
(2) The quantity of explosives exported shall not exceed
that authorised by this licence
(3) The explosives shall be packed in accordance with Ex-
plosives Rules 1980 and the packages marked accordingly.
The packages shall be safe, for transport.
(4) The explosives ahall be exported only from the place
specified in this licence.
(5) The licensee shall comply with all the rules and regu-
lations in force at the port of place of export mentioned in
this licence.
(6) The explosives shall be brought to the port or place
of exiVTrt. nniv flft^r tha «hin nr aWr-mft I* rmaA^r
97GI/81—19
FORM 29
(Article 10 of Schedule IV)
Licence to possess and use Public Display Fireworks
Licence No.
Fee Rs
Licence is hereby granted to
vnlid
only for possession of
kgs. of fireworks at pre-
mises described below and for making public display at the
premises mentioned below subject to the provisions of Ex-
plosives Act, 1884, as amended from time, to time and the
rules made thereunder and fo ihe conditions of this licence.
This licence shall remain in force till
This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked for violation
of the Act or rules fanned thereunder or conditions of the
licence or if the licensed premises are not found conforming; to
description as per attached plans.
Description of premises
The premises to be used for public display firworks are situa-
ted at
as shown in plan No. ...
dated
attached herewith.
The- premises for storage of fireworks are situated at
as shown in plan No
attached herewith.
Date
Controller of Explosives
Conditions
(1) The licensee shall, at least seven clear days (exclusive of
Sunday and public holidays) before th© holding of a public
fireworks display by him or under his authority or supervision
shall notify the licensing authority :—
(a) Time and place at which the public display is to be
held.
(b) The types of public display fireworks lo be Used in the
display.
(c) The name, address and licence number of every person
from whom these fireworks have been or are to bo
obtain for use" in display.
(d) Name and address of every person who will be super-
vising the display or assisting the licensee to super-
vise the display; and
(e) Full details of the experience which every person other
than licensee, whose name is notified in paragraph
(d) above has had in the conduct or supervision of
public fireworks display and the use of public display
firework).
(2) The fireworks shall be stored and displayed only at the
places shown in the plan attached with the licence.
(3) A minimum distance of 100 Metres or more if specified
by the licensing authority, shall be maintained between the spec-
tators and the area where the display is carried out.
(4) Only authorised fireworks shall be used. Such fireworks
shall be purchased directly from persons holding proper valid
licence granted to manufacture such fireworks.
(5) No display of fireworks should be carried out when the
wind velocity exceeds 50 kilo metres per hour or the- control
over spectators has been lost.
(6) Only minimum persons should be employed for making
and display of fireworks. The site should be constantly super-
vised and the persons employed should wear protective cloth-
ings, ear defenders, safety glasses and other pretective devices.
(1) Once fireworks have been taken to the site, the site
must not be left unattended or unprotected.
826/18
THE GAZETTE OF INDTA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART TI—SEC 3(i)]
(8) No fireworks shall b e ignited inside of or closer than
15 metres of any building, tent, trailer, canvas shelter or
moter vehicle.
(9) No fireworks shall be ignited within 200 Metres of any
place where explosives, any flammable substance or other
hazardous substances are stored.
(10) No fireworks shall be set off within 200 Mclics of
a hospital, nursing home, schools or temples unless consent
from local authorities and the owner or its agent is obtained.
(11) Adequate fire fighting equipment to cope up with
any fire which can be reasonably anticipated shall be pro-
vided. The type and quantity of first-aid1 and other fire light-
ins equipment shall be determined in conjunction with the
fire fighting authorities.
(12) After the display, waste and duds etc. shall be care-
fully collected and removed from the site and destroyed by
burninR undei proper supervision.
(13) The licensee shall follow the provisions of Act and
Rules made thereunder as otherwise applicable.
(14) No electrical wire shall be allowed within 10 Metres
of the area where the fireworks are laid down.
(15) The mortars must be buried h:ilf their length in the
ground and tilted of by 10° to 15° and pointed away from
the spectators.
The mortars
of the same size should be
grouped and spaced not less than 50 centimetre^ apart
Groups of different size mortars should be placed at least
10 Metres apart. The mortars or
their frames should be
securely anchored to the ground.
(16) Before starting the display the supervisor must check
to ensure that the fireworks are exploding over a zone free
of people and that debris arc also falling in that area. If not,
the firing must be stopped till necessary corrections arc
in nde.
(17) No matches, 'ights 6r any article of flammable or ha-
zardous nature liable to cause fire or explosion shall be.brought
or kept in the licensed premises.
(18) No tools, implements etc. made of Iron or steel shall
be kept at any time in the premises and no person on the
licensed premises shall have any iron or steel in his posses-
sion or attached to or on his boots or shoes.
(19) The licensee shall keep records and accounts of all
fireworks received, used and stocks on hand.
(20) Tho licensee shall follow the local bye-laws, at the
place of storage and display and obtain necessary permission
whenever required.
(21) The kinds und quantities of explosives remainlns after
the expiry of licence shall be intimated to the licensing
authority and the licensee shall abide by the instructions ot
such authority regarding disposal of explosives,
(22) If the licensing authority directs the licensee by notice
in wilting to make any additions/alterations which, in the
opinion of such authority, is considered necessary for the
safety of the premises or of the person working therein or
the spectators tho licensee shall execute such additions/
alterations within such period as may be specified.
(23) Accidents by fire or explosion and looses, shortage or
theft of explosives shall be immediately reported to the nearest
police station and the licensing authority.
(24) Fiec access to the licensed premises shall be given
at all reasonable times to any inspecting or sampling officer
and every facility shall be afforded to the officer for ascer-
taining that the provisions of the Act and the Rules and the
conditions of this licence are duly observed.
FORM 30
Shotflrer's Permit
Government of India
Department of Explosives
No.
This is to certify that Shri
born on
passed Iho shortflrer's examination held on
passed the
;
(name of examination")
examination held in
(month and year of examination)
by
."
(authority conducting examinations)
and is authorised to conduct blasting operations using ex-
plosives in areas other than Mines coming under the purview
of Indian Mines Act, 1952, subject to the provisions of
Explosives Act, 1SR4 as amended and the rules framed
thereunder.
Place:
Date:
Chief Controller of Explosives
FORM 31
Form of account to be maintained by a licences
Accounts of Explosives Manufactured
Note : This record should be kept upfo-date
Date and
Shift No,
1
Brand
Name of
explosives
2
Class
and Divi-
sion
3
Cartridge
Dimension
4
Batch
Nos.
5
Quantity
manufac-
tured
6
Date of
test
7
No. of
packages
8
Magazint
licence
No. to
which the
explosive:
sent
9
s
Remarks
s
10
Signature
of person
incharge
11
826/19
FORM 32
Form of account to be maintained by licensee
Account of Receipt of Explosives
Noto: This record should be kept upto-date.
Entries should bo made daily and as and when explosives are received.
Date
1
Description of explosives
'
Name
Class
Division
2
3
4
Opening
balance
5
Explo-
sives re-
ceived by
licensee
6
Quantity
7
Batch
No.
8
Name
address
licence
No. of
supplier
9
Mode of
transport
and
Road
Van
Jicence
No. if
trans-
ported
by road
10
Pass
No.
11
Closing
balance
12
Remark
13
FORM 33
Form of account to be maintained by licensee
Account of Sale of explosives
Note : This record should be kept up-to-date. Entries should be made daily and as and when explosives are sold.
Date
1
M
i
Description of explosives
Name
2
Class
3
Dlvn.
4
Opening Balance
5
Explosives sold by licensee
Name
6
Class
7
Divu.
g
Quantity
9
Batch No, & date
10
Name, address
& licence No. oF
person to whom
explosives arc
sold
11
Mode of transport
and road van
licence No. if
transported by
road
12
Pass No.
13
Closing
Balance
14
Remarks
15
826/20
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
FORM 34
Form of account to be maintained by licensee
Account of Explosives used by licensee
Note i This record should be kept upto-date. The entries" should be imde daily and as soon as explosives art) issiitd for mu or unwed
explo'lret returned
Date
1
Shot Firers
jiaine and permit
No.
2
Description o
Name
3
f explosives issued
Class
4
.
Din.
5
Quantity
issued
6
No. of
holes
fired
7
Description
Name
8
of explosi
Class
9
ves used
Divn.
I"1
Quantity used
ll
Description oft
Name
12
>xplosives return
Class
13
ed
Divn-
14
Qty. returned
15
Sign, of shot
firer/mag. in
chirge
16
Remarks
17
FORM 35
Form of account to be maintained by a licensee
Account of Explosives transported by road van
Note : This record should be kept upto-date.
Date
1
Name, address and
licence No. of the
consignor
2
Place of
loading
3
Description
Name
4
ofcxplosl'
Class
5
/cs
Divn.
6
Batch No. &
Date of
manufacture
7
Qty. trans-
ported
8
Pass No-
9
Signature of
tho consignor
10
Name address and licence
No. of the consignee.
11
Place of
unloading
12
Date of
receipt of
explosive
13
Signature of
onsignee
14
Remarks
15
S26/21
FORM 36
RETURN OF EXPLOSIVES
Received, Used, Sold. Destroyed and stolen during thomonth
From the Explosives Magazine of
Situated at
District
Name of Explosives
Class & Division
Quantity
1. Licence No
2. Opening Balance on the 1st day of the mouth
3. Account of Explosives :—
Date
1
Opening Balance
NameofExpl.
2
Class &
Division
3
Quantity
4
Particulars i
NameofExpl.
5
of consign^
Clasi &
Division
6
loot
Q'laatit;
7
/ Namo address & Lie.
No. ofsippltyj
from whom expl.
woro reoeivod
8
Pass No.
9
Particulars of Explosives Used or Sold
Date
10
Use
Namo of Expl.
11
d
Class*
Divn.
12
Qty.
13
NameofExpl.
14
Class &
Divn.
15
Qty.
16
Sold
Nanij address & ,
Lie. No. of pjfwn
to who.n axplwora
supplied
17
IS
A. Total Ouantitv of each kinds of exolosives Usec(/Sold durintt the month
Name of Explosives
1
USED
Class & Division
2
Quantity
3
Namo of Explosives
4
SOLD
Class & Division
5
Quantity
6
s. Particulars of Explosives destroyed during the month
Date
1
Name of Explosives
2
Class & Division
3
Quantity
4
Rousons for
destruction
5
AjtiWty
uJdir
which destruction
wa1* dv>ao
6
M6M
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(0]
6. Particular* of Explosives stolen/short received during transit
Dato
Name of Explosives
Class & Division
Quantity
Whether theft/loss
Remarks
reported to Police
and this Department,
if so, give reference.
1
2
3
4
5
6
FORM 37
FORM OF INDENT FOR EXPLOSIVES
Place
Date
To
Dear Sir,
Kindly supply ihe following quantities of explosives to Die/
us:—
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
I/We hold a licence No
in Foim
of Explosives H iles 1981, for possession/sale/us« of follow-
ing quantities of exploiives ;
1.
. . . .
2.
3.
4.
5.
The above"*mentioned licence is valid till
The licence is sent herewith for necessary endorsement as
required under sub-rule (3) of rule 141 of Explosives Rules,
1981. The licence may please be returned after the endorse-
ment.
*The explosives may please be handed over to my/our
authorised representative whose signatures are attested be-
low:—
Signature of authorised Agent
Attested
Signature" of lice isee.
Yours faithfully,
LICENSEE
DESIGNATION :
Copy forwarded to the Contjoller of Explosives
*Strike out whichever is not applicable.
SCHEDULE VI
Explosives permitted to be imported and transported by air
S.
Name and description
No.
1. 'Aeroplane flares
2. Amorces
3, Chinese Crackers
4. Detonating Fuse
5. Roman Candles
6. Safety Fuse
7. Ship Distress Signals
8. Smoke Candles
9. Sparklers
10. 'Squlba Electric
11. (Aluminium or Magnesium) Torches
12. Very Signal Cartridges
13. Wheels
Class
7
7
6
7
6
7
7
7
7
7
Division
Quantity
Passenger
Aircraft
2 25kgs.
2
2 25 kg-:.
2 25kgs.
1 25 kgs.
2 —
25 kgs.
2 25 kgs.
25 kEs.
2 25 kgs.
2 25 kgs.
2 25 kgs.
permitted in
Cargo
Aircraft
95 kgs.
70 kgs.
95 kgs.
140 kgs.
95 kgs.
140 kgs.
95 kgs.
95 kgs.
95 kgs.
70 kgs.
95 kgs.
45 kgs.
95 kgs.
*Tho item can be transported by air as and when included in list of Authorised Explosives.
826/23
SCHEDULE VII
SPECIFICATIONS
The specifications laid down in this Schedule are for
general guidance
only. Approval of the Chief
Controller should be obtained separately for each
case.
SPECIFICATION 1
SPECIFICATION FOR A ROAD VAN FOR CARRIAGE
OF EXPLOSIVES ONLY
PART'I
I1) Air space between body and cab—A clear space of
at least fifteen centimetres shall be left between the Body
and Cab,
(.2) Driver's c ib—The tab shall be fitted and covered ex-
ternally with 21 S.W.G. aluminium sheeting. The wood if
used shall be tnated as to render it uninflammable.
(3) Cab—Do( rs shall be fitted having windows of non-
splinter type glass.
(4) Wind Screen—A
substantially
framed wind-screen
shall be fitted I dth the portion in front of the driver's scat
pivoted on strong brass quadrants for opening.
(5) Fuel
Tank.—The fuel tank shall be in front of the
fire screen desci Ibed under condition (11) below. It should be
so located as to minimise the possibility of its being damaged
should be vehic e be involved in an accident.
(6) Fuel cut-ufE—A quick acting cut off shall be fitted on
the feed pipe in an easily accessible position and shall be
capable of being operated without the necessity of lifting
the bonnet and shall be so located as not to be involved in
a fire in the engine.
(7) Exhaust piye and Silencer—The whofc of the silencer
and exhaust pip ng shall be in the front of the fire-screen des-
cribed in paragi iph 11.
(8) Fire Entinguisher—Two chemical fire extinguishers of
minimum 2 kgs. shall be provided. The fire extinguisher should
be capable of dealing with petroleum fire.
(9) Self Starter—A self starter shall be provided.
(10) Lighting—Electric head, side and tail lamps shall
bo
provided and s mil be operated from the dash board. All
electric wirings and battery cables shall be fully enclosed
and maintained in good operating condition.
(II) Fire Sci :en—Shall consist of one ply asbestos and
18 gauge steel sheets fitted to the whole of the driver's cab
and extending 1 o within 300 mm. of the ground. The part
extending from bottom of the cab to within 300 mm. of the
ground shall be carried on an iron angle frame of light con-
st raction.
(12) Body—A body conforming to the second part of this
specification shell be fitted.
(13) Spare ^ wheels—On© spare wheel inclusive of outer
cover and innei tube shall be carried for- ench size of wheel
on the chassis.
(14) Painting ind Markings—Body and Cab shall be painted
and marked am' lined with a colour approved by the licens-
ing authority. ' "he van should be painted with aluminium
or white paint. The letter 'E' should be written promlnentlv
on the sides an I hack of the van. The name and address of
the licensee an 1 the licence number should be written in
small letters on one side. Vehicles holding interstate /national
permits shall bf painted as per directions of Road Transport
Authority. Hovever, another circle of 60 cms. diameter in
red colour shou'd be painted on one of the flaps of rear door
of vnn with lettei 'F' inscribed lr» the circle.
(151 Total n aximum Toad—The total maximum load for
a vehicle shall be equal to or exceed gross
vehicle
weight
rating.
(16) Inspect!' m—The whole of the work shall be to the
satisfaction of the licensing authority who shall have free
access at any time to the workshop rubricating the body
and who may reject any material or workmanship which
does not comflv with this specification.
PART II
(1) The body fiaming is to be constructed of best selected,
teak tnoioughly seasoned and free from all defects. All joints
are to be morticed anti tenoned or half checked, depending
upon their position in the structure, and securely fixed with
screws. The joints arc to be coated with white lead before
assembly. All parts of (he fiaming which will be in contact
with the outer metal panelling are Jso to be thoroughly
coated with white lead before panelling is fixed thereto. Iron
plates, knees, etc. may be used for stiffening the framing where
they are considered necessary, but no such iron work must be
exposed in the inferior of the completed van body.
(2) Flooring—This is to be constructed of teak boarding
ton cued and grooved 22.2 mm thick and about 152.4 mm
or 177.8 mm in widtn. Tt is to be recessed into the soleplate
of the van body and below it is to be fixed a sheet of
20 S.W.G. aluminium sheet. The flooring is to be supported
bv bearers about 28.6 mm thick bv 50.8 mm wide, fitted
between the soleplate and screwed on Ihe top of the
cross-
membeis of the chassis frame
The sill of the doorway has to have a fall outwards of 6.4
mm and it should be covered with a brass plate full width
of the doorway, 63.5 mm wide inside, and having its outer
edge turned downwards, and secured in position with brass
screws.
(3) Body Panelling and Lining—The
roof, floor, sides,
ends and doors of the van are to be covered externally with
20 S.W.G. aluminium sheeting and inner lining may be of as-
bestos or wood so treated as to be rendered uninflammable or
with such other material as may be approved in writing by
the licensing authority, This must have a smooth surface,
fre0 from distortion or any dents, and it is to be fitted to the
framing in sections of
convenient size. The roof is in four
section, and these turn down the sides and ends to a distance
of 25.4 mm, the end turnover
being relieved at intervals of
152.4 mm to allow the sheeting to lie flat on the framing. At
.ill places where sheeting is fixed to the body framework, it
has to be covered by a beading. The roof beading is of alu-
minium 19 mm x 4 mm whilst a wooden weather breading is
run round the sides and ends where the joint with roof sheeting
takes place. At other places aluminium leading 19 mm x 4 mm
has to be used, excepting only the bottom joint of the sides
which is covered by a wooden rail 25.4 mm wide 38.1 mm.
deep, and the central cover joint of the doors, which is
formed with flat mild steel strap 38.1 mm wide.
The interior of the van body has to be lined with 20 S.W.G.
aluminium sheeting throughout, sides end, roof and doors, the
lining has to be fitted In as few sections, as possible, and in all
ciisei brass screws must be used for securing same.
(4) Doors—Double doors are to be fitted at the rear ends
of the body and they are to be a close fit all round Ihe fram-
ing, panelling and lining of same being similar In all respects
(0 the body works. They are to be bevelled along the bottom to
make a waferlght joint with the brass covered
stfll
of the
doorway, and the central joint of doors must also bevelled
and covered with slapping an crovfouslv mentioned. The doors
are to be hnns; on strong mild steel crook and band hinges.
The band section being 29.7 x 8 mm and these In turn are to
be securely fixed to hinge and angle plates of section 44.4 x
8 0 mm on the rear frame posts of the van body. The hinges
:ire to be so constructed ;ind set that the doors will swing
rieht round against the van bodv side, and facilities are to be
piovidcd for fixing the doors In this position.
A 'lot Ii cut in the clip and for the reception of a brass H.
fie T.V padlock on the left hand side of the doors.
There shall be no opening in the body of the vehicle ex-
cept through the doors at the buck.
No holes shall he dn'Ufi ;n the crnssis, un'ess allowed by
the maker f >r the purpose of securing the van bodv.
d) Body dimensions—The inside iHrrien':Ion=: of the body
ihall be suitable for the ennntitv of eTO'osIvc^ pronosed to
be carried. The bodv shall he of such dimensions and fitted
in such a manner BS to keep the vehicle stable during trans-
port of explosives.
t m m
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II-SEC. 3(ijj
SPECIFICATION 2
SPECIFICATION FOR A MOTOR TRUCK FOR
CARRIAGE OF EXPLOSIVES TOGETHER WITH
COMPRESSOR UNIT
(1) A clear air space of at least fifteen centiireties shall
be left between the body and the cab.
(2) The driver's cab shall be fitted and covered externally
with 20 SWG aluminium sheeting.
(3) The cab doors shall be filled havinjj windowj of non-
splinter type glass.
(4) A sustantially framed wind screen shall be fitted with
the portion in front of driver's seat pivoted on strong brass
quadrants for opening.
(5) The fuel tank shall be below the floor level and at least
1 M from the boxes carrying explosives. It should be so
located as to minimise ,tne postibility of its being damaged
should the
vehicle be involved in an accident.
(6) A quick acting cut-off shall be fitted on the fuel feed
pipe in an easily accessible position and shall be capable of
being operated without the necessity of lifting the bonnet and
»hall be located a« not to be Involved in a fire in the engine.
(7) The illencer and exhaust piping shall be below the cab
2nd shall not be below the body.
(8) A chemical fire extinguisher of minimum 2 kgs. shall
be provided. The fire extinguisher ihould be caDubie of deal-
ing with petroleum fires.
(9) A self starter shall be provided for the engine.
(10) Electric head, side and tail lamp* shall be provided and
shall be operated from the dash board. Electric torches (dry
cell type) may be carried for use for lighting during emer-
gency.
(11) One spare wheel inclusive of outer cover and inner
tube shall be carried for each sire of wheel on the chassis.
(12) No holes shall be drilled in the chasiis unless allowed
by the maker for the purpose of securing body.
(13) The flooring is to be constructed of teak bording toung-
ed and grooved at least 21 mm thick and about 150 mm or
175 mm in width.
(14) Base of the compressor should be minimum 150 mm
high from the floor of the truck body.
(151 A mild steel tray shall be provided underneath the eom-
prosior- and shall be of such size and placed in such a way
that all the oil drippings from the compressor ihall fall in the
tray.
(16) The exhaust pipe of the compressor shall face away
from the boxes carying explosives and shall be fitted with sn
efficient spark arrestor.
(17) Only approved type of boxes will be uied for carrying
explosives and- such boxes shall be firmly fixed fo the body
In such a way that there Is no movement of the boxes when
the truck is in motion. The empty space In the detonator
box shall be filled with thermocole pad, foam pad or other
similar suitable- material to protect movement of detonators
during transport,
(18) Not more than two boxes for carrying explosives shall
be fitted to any truck. One of the boxes shall be used for
carrying hiRh explosives and the other for detonators. The
boxes shall be fixed in such a way that their doors do not
open face to face.
(19) The distance between the exnlosives
boxei ihall be
minimum 1000 mm. The distance between the compressor
and the explosives boxes shall be minimum 1500 mm.
(20) A suitable fira screen ch«ll be provided between the cab
and the boxes carrving explosives.
f21) A suitable asbestors or G.T. sheet *crern shall he nro-
vided between the explosfves boxes and the compressor leav-
ing adequate space for movement of operator for removing
c\plosives from boxes.
(22) The space between the fire soreen under clause 20 and
the asbestos screen under clause 21 above shall be suitably
covered so as to protect from weather.
(23) Not more than 25 kgs. of high explosives, 200 num-
bers of detonators and 200 metres of
safety fuse shall be
carried in the truck.
(24) The detonator box shall be fixed away fiom the battery
side and the battery shall be carried in the cab below driver's
seat,
SPECIFICATION 3
SPECIFICATION OF METAL CASES FOR
CONVEYANCE OF EXPLOSIVES
General:
The body to be of wrought iron, mild steel, hard rolled
brass, Muntz metal, or zinc, rivetted or welded, fitted at both
ends with a substantial flange of same materials or of gun-
metal for the attachment of lid and bottom; if of iron or
steel to be thoroughly galvanised after making up or to be
effectively painted. Thickness not less than 18 P.O. = .0495
inches, or, if of zinc, not less than 9.5 mm.
The bottom to be of «ame materials r>s body or of
Bun-
metal; if of iron or steel, to be thoroughly galvainsed, securely
rivetted to flange of body or forming part of such
flange.
Thickness not less than 3.2 mm or, if of zinc, not less than
9 5 mm.
Alternatively the bottom may be made of mild steel of 4.8
mm thick, thorougly galvanised and dished so that if fits tight-
ly over the body made of mild steel as above but without J
bottom
flange.
#
The body to project at least 25.4 mm into the dished bot-
tom and the edges of the dished end and of the body to be
welded
continuously to the body and to the bottom of the
dished end respectively.
The lid to be of same materials as body or of gunmetal; if
of iron or steel, to be thoroughly galvarmed. Thickness not less
than 1.6 mm at centre, and not less than 3.2 at rim, or, if of
zinc, not less than 9.5 mm throughout.
The lid to be secured by not less than four good screws,
bolts or swing bolts, with or without a substantial hinge, which
may take the place of one of the four screws, bolts, or swing
bolts.
A washer of leather, Tndia rubber or other suitable material
to be between the lid and the flange, unless the lid is fitted
with a projecting ring into a, depression in the flange.
AH rivet heads to be well finished, and the inside of the
package to be free from rough edges or burrs.
The whole to be of good material and workmanship and
to be maintained in an efficient condition.
SPECIFICATION 4
SPECIFICATION OF METAL CASES FOR
CONVEYANCE OF EXPLOSIVE1'
Duralumin Containers,-
Dimensions of container inside to be 902 mm deep by
308 mm wide by 267 mm broad.
The body of container to be of No. J 6 S.W.G. sheet in one
piece rivetted with 8.00 mm (5/6ths inch) diameter rivets
25.4 mm pitch at seam. 50.8 mm pitch at other three comers,
having 31.8 mm by 31.8 by 4.8 mm angle rivetted on top.
and round bottom with 8 mm diameter rivets 25.4 pitch.
Bottom of container* to be of No. 10 S.W.G. sheet fitted
with 31.8 mm by 31.8 mm by 4,8 angle all round and rivetted
with 8 mm diameter rivets. Corner pieces No, 12 SWG sheet
826/23
to be rivetted to tingle and to bottom plate wilh 8 mm dia-
meter rivets.
Cover of container to be of No. 14 S W.G. sheet fitted with
37.6 mm by 25,4 mm by 4.9 mm angle all round and rivettcd
wiLh 8X0 mm diameter rivets. Coiner pieces No. 12 S.W.G
ehcet to be rivetted to angle and cover plate with 8.00 mm
diameter rivets.
Cover to be fastened to container by four 12.7 mm Whit-
worth S;t Pins with washers.
Rubber joint 31.8 ram by 3.2 mm thtk to bo rivetted to
underside of cover plate by twelve 6.3 mm
diameter rivets,
15.9 mm diameter holes to be bored in cover and joint to
suit 12.7 mm set pins.
Two Duralumin drop down handles to be riveted to body
of container.
SPECIFICATION 5
SPECIFICATIONS OF METAL CASES FOB
CONVEYANCE OF EXPLOSIVES
The body to be of wrought iron or mild steel, thoroughly
galvanised, thickness not less than 18 B.G. 0495 inch, fitted
at the lop with a flange 12.7 mm thick made of the Alu-
minium Alloy (12.5 per cent to 14.5 per cent zinc; 2.5 per
cent to 3 per cent copper; remainder Aluminium).
The bottom to be of the Aluminium Alloy, not less than
12.7 mm thick at the rim, and not less than 4.8 mm thick
at th« centre, and provided with a protection 25.4 mm high
and at l;ast
6,3 mm thick, so made as to be a close fit in-
side the body, to which it shall bo rivetted with rivets 6.3 mm
diameter.
The lid to be of the Aluminium Alloy, not less than 12.7
mm thick at the rim, and not less than 6.3 mm thick at the
centre, and secured by eight screwed studs to the flange.
A washer of leather, India rubber, or other suitable material
to be between the lid and the flange, unless the lid h fitted
with a piojecting ring fitting into a depression in the flange
All rivet heads to be well finished, and the inside of the
package to be free from rough edges or burm.
SPECIFICATION 6
SPECIFICATION OF MAGAZINES
1, General:—
The basic considerations in the construction of magazines
are security to ensure that the contents are kept out of the
hands of unauthorised persons; to maintain them in good
condition and to reduce the risk of accidental explosion. This
calls for a construction whii h will resist illegal entry as much
as possible and is well ventilated. Tn chosing a site for a maga-
zine, consideration should be given to any protection of life
and property offered by natural features of thf ground
in
the event of a fire and/or an explosion. The suitability of a
site and the amount of explosives that may be stored are deter-
mined by its distance from public thoroughfares; residential
or industrial areas, railways etc. as specified in the table of
safety distance in Schedule VIIT. Naturally a site obscured
from public view either bv natural or artificial means
is
preferred.
Apart from the Rules and Regulations concerning the storage
of explosives, certain conditions should be observed frnm the
point
of view of care for the materials concerned e.g. im-
proper storage may lead directly to misfires later on. In all
caces, places of storage should be dry. well ventilated and
protected from extremes of temperature as much as possible
Stocks should be drawn, upon in strict rotation, any surplus
from the day's work being returned to the magazine and kept
separately for use on the following dnv.
Safetv Fuse and detonators should be kept in perfect con-
dition for obtaining pood results. Therefore, at all limes du-
r i n t r
t
r
a
n
s
p
o
r
t
;
h
a
n
d
l
i
n
g
a
n
d
i
t
o
r
a
f
i
e
,
t
h
e
y
s
h
o
u
l
d
b
e
p
r
o
t
e
c
t
-
e
d
f
r
o
m
m
o
f
a
t
i
i
r
r
a n r f '
.
-
i
n
t
a
c
t
w
i
t
h
n
i
l
I
>
T
»
-
J
W
t
»
™
»
"
'
«
•
97 GI'RI -20
Othcil liquids. Detonators shall aot be stored with other explo-
sives.
2. Types of Magazine:
Magazines may be of heavy construction, i.e. steel, rein-
forced concicte, brick, stone or preformed concrete blocks.
Maximum security is attainable only with steel or reinforced
concrete structures. The internal dimensions of Ihe magazine
•ihall be such that there is ready access to all exnlosive*.
3. Construction of the Magazine:
A magazine shall be well and substantially built and shall
Ue Liaue and closed so as to prevent unauthorised persons from
liaving riceess thereto and to secure it from dormer from with-
out.
Mode 'A' Magazine
A MoJe 'A' magazine shall be of a type approved by the
Chief Controller and shall primarily—
(a) have walls of reinforced concrete at least 225 mm
thick or brick/stone at least 450 mm thick set in
cement mortar, Conccrete shall have a
minimum
compressive strength of 2500 Ib/sq. inch at 28 days
(the required strength will be reached by a mixture
consisting of 1 part cement, 1+ paits sand, 3 parts
of aggregate by volume). Reinforcement should con-
sist of square mesh, hard-drawn steel wjre fabric,
providing a cross-scfctional area in each direction of
not less than 0.21 in 2|ft. of wall. The reinforce-
rtient shall be covered by not less than 50 mm of con-
crete on cither side. The bricks and concrete blocks
shill conform to rele\ant Indian Standard Speci-
fications. Commercial grade steel is satisfactory for
use in construction. The cement mortar shall con
sist of not less than one part of cement and three
parts of clean sand.
(b) have interior, and the benches, shelves and fittings
therein so constructed or so lined or covered as to
prcvant the exposure of any iron or steel and the
detaching of grit, iron, steel or similar substances
in such manner as to come into contact with explo-
sivos. Such interior benches, shelves and fittings shall
be kept free from grit and otherwise dean; and, in
the case of any explosive that is liable to the danger-
ously affected by water due precautions shall
be
taken to exclude it therefrom.
(c) have roof re-inforced concrete at least 150 mm
thick.
(d) have one ventilator at the top and bottom in each
opposite side wall of the magazine where the wefght
of explosive stored is upto ard including 500 kfls. and
minimum two in the too and bottom of each wall
where the weight of explosive stored exceeds 500 kgs.
Number of the ventilators may be increised if desir-
ed by the licensing authority.
(e) have external doors—
(i) that opens outwards and when Qlosed fit tightly;
(ii) to be constructed of steel
plate at least 5 mm
thick with or without internal lining of wood.
(f) h.ive ovcry internal door—
(i) made of wood;
(ii) locks and fittings of non-ferrous metal,
Ig) h?\'n external door locks pf "dead lock" type.
(h) have a separate room for storage of detonators or
other explosives of Clais 6 Division 3 if ,stored
witTfin the matrazine, Such room shall have indepen-
dent entrance and a minimum air-gap of 1 •-metre
from any other room in the magazine ;.rld 'the
thifknMi of the -wall of the detonator storage room
facing nnv other room in the magazine shall be
minimum 60 cm.
JOArtW
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART H - ^ S B C 3(i)]
(i) have wooden trowel* or raised
cement platfcrm foi
storage of exploiive packages.
(j) have a porch if necessary and any such porch shall—
(i) be of the lame construction as the remainder of
the magazine; and
(ii) be used only for opening boxes, keeping all tools
or implements used in connection with the maga-
zine or the changing of clothes and shoes.
(k) have 25 X 50 mm furring •trips fastened to the wall,
vertically on 300 mm centres starting 150 mm
from floor level and continuous to the stacking
line, around the usable portions of the walls to pro-
vide air circulation and to prevent cases of explo-
sives being stacked directly against the walls.
(1) have a minimum 12 mm red line painted on the inte-
rior walla of the magazine at a height of 2.5
metres from the floor level. This line Indicates the
maximum height to which explosives may be stack-
ed. The licensing authority may
specify lower
stacking height if deemed necessary;
(m) have an internal volume not less than 0.4 cubic
metre for each 100 legs, of explosives.
Mode 'B' Magazine
A mode 'B1 muflazinc shall be of a type approved by Chief
Cont, oiler and shall primarily—
(a) have walls of steel plate at least 5 mm thick;
(b) have a roof of steel plate at least 5 mm thick;
(;) have interior lining at least 10 mm thick on walls,
doors and ceiling and 25 mm thick on floor and
consisting of closed fittings boards or wood joined
together by tounge and groove joints in such a way
that no iron or steel is exposed on the interior
sides, ceiling, floor or doors ;
(d) have an internal volume not less than 0.4 cubic
metre for each 100 kgm. of explosives;
(e) b© ventilated by means of vents which shall be ade-
quately protected;
(f) have external hinges of steel welded to the door and
to the frame of the magazine;
fg) have a lock of "dead lock" type for external door.
SCHEDULE VIII
Table of Safety Distances
The following safety distances will be observed in the factories licensed for manufacture of explosives or from the migazlnes licensed
for storage of high explosives. If the quantity of explosives to be stored is in between any two stages shown in the Table I, the safety dis-
tance required for higher stage should be observed.
Note—M—denotes mounded;
UM—denotes unmounded;
distances in columns 2 to 13 are in metres
Quan-
tity
in Kg.
1
50
100
150
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
6000
7000
8000
10000
12500
To and between magazine or
magazine office etc.
X
M/UM
2
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
13
14
16
16
17
17
20
20
22
22
24
24
Y
M/UM
3
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
13
14
15
16
16
18
19
21
23
26
ZZ
M/UM
4
10
] j
13
14
16
18
19
21
22
23
24
26
28
29
31
33
35
37
38
40
41
44
46
48
52
56
14
17
19
21
24
27
29
31
32
34
36
39
42
44
46
49
52
55
57
60
..
,,
• •
To and between process
bldgs.
X
M/UM
5
10
10
4 V
10
10
10
10
10
4 1*
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
13
14
16
16
17
17
20
20
22
22
24
24
Y
ZZ
M/UM
6
12
15
17
19
22
24
26
27
29
30
32
35
37
39
41
44
46
49
51
53
55
58
62
64
69
75
M
7
IS
21
24
26
30
34
37
42
45
49
56
64
72
79
85
97
106
114
122
129
135
145
155
163
177
192
To Railway, Road
X
Y
M/UM M/UM
8
8
9
10
11
13
14
15
16
17
17
18
19
19
19
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
24
24
25
26
26
9
12
15
17
18
21
23
25
26
27
28
32
33
36
38
40
43
46
48
50
52
54
57
61
63
68
72
, etc.
Tc> DwellingHouses
offices, factories etc.
ZZ
M/UM
10
21
33
40
45
45
45
48
54
60
65
74
86
96
106
113
129
142
152
163
172
180
194
206
217
236
255
X
M/UM
11
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
46
47
49
49
50
50
53
53
Y
M/UM
12
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
46
52
57
61
65
73
80
86
92
98
110
117
123
12S
138
149
Quantity
ZZ
M/UM
13
45
45
45
52
68
82
95
107
119
129
148
171
192
2n
226
257
283
304
325
343
359
387
412
434
471
510
in kg.
14
50
100
150
200
300
400
600
700
800
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
6000
7000
8000
10000
12500
826/27
Table of Safety Distances
Note—M—denotes mounded
UM—denotes unmounded;
Distance1; in columns 2 to 13 are in metres.
Quantity
To and between magazine or
To and between process
To Rly., road etc.
To dwelling houses,
Quantity
in kg.
magazine office etc.
bldgs.
offices, factories etc
1
15000
17500
20000
25000
30000
35000
40000
45000
50000
60000
70000
80000
90000
100000
112500
125000
136000
150000
175000
200000
X
M/UM
2
25
25
26
27
28
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
.10
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
Y
M/UM
3
28
30
32
36
40
43
46
48
51
56
60
64
68
72
76
80
84
88
95
101
ZZ
M/UM
4
60
63
65
71
75
79
82
86
89
94
99
104
108
112
116
120
124
128
135
141
X
M/UM
5
25
25
26
27
28
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
Y
M/UM
6
79
83
87
94
100
105
110
114
118
126
132
138
144
149
155
160
165
170
179
195
ZZ
M
7
206
216
226
244
259
273
285
296
307
327
343
359
373
387
402
417
428
446
466
487
X
M/UM
8
27
27
28
29
29
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
Y
M/UM
9
78
82
86
93
98
104
108
113
118
128
138
148
158
168
180
192
203
217
242
265
ZZ
M/UM
10
280
290
303
325
345
365
380
395
410
435
458
480
498
515
540
555
575
590
625
650
X
M/UM
11
55
55
57
58
60
60
61
61
64
64
66
66
66
67
67
69
70
70
71
71
Y
M/UM
12
158
167
174
187
199
210
219
228
236
251
264
276
287
297
309
320
329
340
358
375
ZZ
M/UM
13
560
580
b05
650
690
730
760
790
820
870
915
960
995
1030
1075
1110
1145
1180
1245
1300
14
15000
17500
20000
25000
30000
35000
40000
45000
50000
60000
70000
80000
90000
100000
112500
125000
136000
150000
175000
200000
SAFETY DISTANCES
Table 2
Safety distances to bo observed in a factory licensed under Explosives Rules for manufacture of Sparklers only.
Distances are in metres
s.
Nc
1.
2.
3.
4.
Description of shed
>.
Mixing shed
Dipping shed
Drying platform
Packing shed
Mixing
shed
6
6
9
9
Dippi
shed
6
6
3
9
ng
Drying
platform
9
3
9
9
Packing
shed
9
9
9
9
Empty
frames
shed
15
15
15
15
Raw
materials
store
15
15
15
15
Outside
safety
distance
15
15
15
15
Quantity
o f explo-
sives kgs,
50
200
200
200
ANNEXURE I TO EXPLOSIVES RULES 1981
Extract from "The Merchant Shipping (Carriage of Dangerous
Goods) Rules, 1978
"Rules 8—Stowage of dangerous goods.—(1) The owner,
master or agent of every ship which carries any dangerous
goods shull ensure that the stowage of all dangerous goods
on board complies with provisions in respect of such stowage
made in the Dangerous Goods Code without prejudice to the
generalitiej in any respect specified in the said Code, the
master of every such ship shall ensure that—-
(a) dangerous goods are, as far as practicable stowed
under deck;
(b) fibre board boxes, in particulars, ar« stowed 'under
deck' and where circumstances make it necessary
lo <Jiow them 'on deck' for any of the causes
referred to in clause (c) adequate protection Is afford-
ed to prevent them from being exposed to the wea-
ther or to sea water.;
(c) stowage 'on deck' is restricted only to cases where—
(ij constant supervision is required; or
(ii) accessibility to cargo is particularly required; or
liii) there Is a substantial risk of formation of explo-
sive gas mixtures, development
of high toxic
vapours or unobserved corrosion of the vessel.
(d) the packages are shaded from radiant heat, Includ-
ing strong sunlight, where it is ne^fusury to prevent
pressure Build up in or' decomposition and polyme-
risation of their contents.
(e) when dangerous goods are stowed on deck they do
not occupy more than 50 per cent of the total
open deck area and hydrants, sounding pipej and
the like and accesses thereto ar0 kept free and
clear of such deck cargo.
iOfi/28
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
^AAI II—SEC. 3(i)!
(2) Without prejudice to the provisions contained in sub-
rule (1), the master of every ship carrying dangerous goods
shall ensure that—
(a) dangerous goods and any vehicle, container, package
or receptacle containing dangerous goods are stowed
in a manner which is a safe and proper manner of
stowage for the goods or, as the case may be, for
the vehicle, container, package or receptacle, having
lfcgard to the identity and the dangerous nature 01
the goods ;
(b) explosive (except ammunition) whkh present a serious
risk are stowed in a magazine which is kept securely
closed while at sea and that such explosives arc
segregated from detonators ;
(c.) the electrical apparatus and cables in any compait-
nient in which explosives are carried are so designed
and used as to minimise the risk of flic or explo-
sion;
(d) when goods which give off dangerous vapour's are
stowed under deck the space used for such stowage
is well ventilated ;
(;) special precautions against fire or explosion aic
taken, wherever required, while carrying inflammable
liquids or gases; and ventilation adequate in the
cicumstances, is provided for the spaces in which
the liquids or gases arc carried; »nd
(v) substances which are liable to spontaneous combus-
tion nre not carried unless precautions, proper in
the circumstances, are taken for the prevention of
spontaneous combust:on of such sub itances.
ANNEXURE II T9 EXPLOSIVES RULES 1981
Extracts from Indian Meichatit Shipping Act, 1923
Sub-section (3) of Section 2—
"home-trade ship" means a ship employed in trading
between any ports in British India or between pny
port in British India and any port or place on the
continent of India or in the Straits Settlements, or
in the Island of Ceylon ;
Section 149—Definitions.
In this Part, unless there is anything repugnant in tne
subject or! context,—
(1) "unberthed passenger" means a passenger of the age
of twelve years or upwards for whom no separate
accommodation in any cabin, state-room or saloon
is reserved,; but it does not Include either a passen-
ger in attendance on a person who is not an itnberth-
ed passenRor or' a child under one year of age ; and,
in the computation of
passengers for any of the
purposes of this Part, two persons of the age of one
year or upwards and under the age of twelve years
shall be reckoned as one unberthed passenger;
(2) "unberthed passenger ship" means, save as otherwise
piovided in the Part, a ship carrying
more than
thirty (unberthed passengers.)
Section 157—Grant of certificate.
The person by whom certificate A and certificate B are
to bo granted shall be the officer appointed under section 151
who is hereinafter referred to as the certifying officer.
Section 151—Notice to be given of day of sailing.
(1) The master, owner or agent of an unberthed passen-
ger or pilgrim ship so departing or proceeding shall
give notice to an officer, appointed in this behalf by
the (Governor General in Council) that the shipi=
to carry (unberthed passengers) or pilgrims and of her
destination and of the proposed time of sailing.
(2) The notice shall be given.-—
(a) in the case of an (unberthed passenger
ship) not
less than twenty-four hours before that time;
(b) in the case of a pilgrim ship at thi original
port
of departuie if in British India, and in other cases
at the fiiit port at which she touches in British
India, not less thun three days, and at
all other
ports not less ihun tWL-nt/-fuiir hours before that
time.
ANNEXURE III TO EXPLOSIVES RULES 1981
Extract from Indian Ports Act, 1908,
Section 7—Appointment of conservator.
(1) The Local Government shall appoint some officer or
body of persons to be conservator of every port
subject to this Act.
(2) Subject to any diicction by the Local Government
to the contrary,—
(a) in ports where there is a port-officer, the POrt-
offleer shall be the conservator ;
(b) in ports where there is no port-officer, but where
there is a harbour-master, the harbour-master
shall be the conservator.
(3) Where the harbour-master is not conservator, the
harbour-master and his assistants shall be subordi-
nate to, and subject to the control of, the conser-
vator.
(4) The conservator shall be subject to the control of tho
Local Government, or of any intermediate authority
which that Government may appoint.
Extract from Board of Trade Memorandum relating to the
Cnrriage of DanRerous Goods and Explosives In Ships
ANNEXURE IV TO EXPLOSIVES RULES 1981
Specification for Magazines
1. Unless otheiwise sanctioned by the Survsyor, magazines
arc to be built in tween decks if possible. They must be so
placed that their doors are easily accessible from a hatchway.
2. Magazines may be constructed of steel, iron or wood,
piovided that it of steel or hon the whole of the interior shell
be thoroughly protected by rnint varnis'i,
galvanising
or
othe, suitiiole ujaii.iK. PiuAii~*i uw no gun-powder,
picric
acid or other bulk explosives packed in barrels be stowed in
u steel or iron magazine unless the inside of the magazine,
including all iron work, is covered with wood or other suit-
able material.
3. Flooring of all magazines shall consist of 3 inches by
1 inch, gratings with a mesh of not more than 4 inches square.
These gratings should be poilable, to allow access for clean-
ing.
4. When magazines lire constructed of wood they shall
couply with tho following specification, viz :—•
(a) The bulkheads to be foimed of l i inch boards secur-
ed internally to uprights 3 inches square placed not
moie thaii 2 feet apiiit. running from deck to deck,
and firmlv secured top and bottom. Where the maga-
zine is against the ship's sides and caigo battens
arc fitted, spaced not more than 9 inches apart,
other lining is unnecessary.
Where cargo battens arc more than 9 inches apart
(ill ing pieces shall be provided.
When on Iron decks, the heels of the uprights
to step on and be secured to a. board of * inch
thick laid on the deck.
Boat'ds 9 inches by 1-1/4 inches to be securely
fastened to the uprights at the upper and lower
ends for securing heads of shores for tomming off.
(b) Except when built on cargo or in the square of the
hatchway, a magazine need not be roofed over, pro-
vided that in the case of explosive of Classes, LIT
and IV a clear space of not less than 3 inches shall
be left below the bottom of the beams of the over-
deck.
(c) The door of the magazine shall be of substantial
construction and fitted with a string lock.
(d) When a magazine measures athwartships more than
40 feet, a fore and aft bulkhead must be fitted,
826/29
eonstiucted Of uprights 3 inche& square, 3 feet
apart extending from deck to deck, secured at the
top and bottom as for side bulkheads, lined up with
1 inch boarding not more than 6 inches opart, alter-
nately on either side of the uprights. The ship's per-
manent stanchions may be used in lieu of the tem-
porary uprights when they are In the proper posi-
tion and piovided they are not more than 6 feet
apart. If gunpowder, picric acid or other bulk ex-
plosives packed in barrels aie carried, the stanchions
and any other metal work inside the magazine must
be covered with wood or other suitable material.
5. Every magazine shall be efficiently ventilated, but any
deck ventilator into or immediately over a magazine shall
be (.overed by two thicknesses of fine wire gauze, or fitted with
ii "Lawson" fireproof cowl, or! other efficient fireproof cover-
ing. Steel or iron magazines unprovided with ventilators shall
be ventilated into the hold by the provision of two-inch holes
in the bulkhead us close to the overdeck as practicable.
Magazines on Cargo
6. When it is necessary to build the magazine on cargo
the selected place is to be levelled off, and the bottom formed
of 3 Inches by 3 inches quattering, placed 2 feet apart, cover-
ed with 1-1 /4 inches boaiding, securely nailed. Uprights 3
inches square, 2 feet apart,
lunning from the boards to the
deck above, to fit tight and to be well driven in, cleated at the
bottom and well tommed off at the top,
Reminder of magazine a-, previously detailed.
Should the height of the proposed magazine exceed 8 feet
the construction should be specially determined by the Sur-
veyors.
Portable Magazines for any Quantities npto two Tons Mea-
surement
(Size in accordance with the dimensions of the packages to
go into it)
7. A feme is to be made of 2 inches by 3 inches quarter-
ing floored and boarded up with 1-1/4 inch boarding. Lid to
be fitted with cleats on the inside to keep it in its place when
shipped, and fastened with hasp, staples, and a strong hang-
ing lock of brass or galvanised Iron.
ANNEXURE V TO EXPLOSIVES RULES 1981
Extract from Mines Act 1952
Sub-section(j), Section 2
"mine" means any excavation where any operation for the
purpose of searching for or obtaining minerals has been or
is being carried on, and includes all works, machinery, tram-
ways and sidings, whether above or below ground, in or ad-
jacent to or belonging to a mine :
Provided that it shall not include any part of such premises
on which a manufacturifig process is being carried on unless
such process is a process for coke making or the dressing
of minerals.
Enclosure to the Explosives Rules, 1981
LIST OF AUTHORISED E,;PIOSIVES
Class 1—Gunpowder
Class 2—Nitrate Mixture
ALFADYNIi
AMEX
AMMONIUM NITRATE/FUEL OIL Ml\IUR
(A.N.F.O.)
provided the same is not so sensitive that it can be initiated
by means of a No. 6 detonatoi.
AQUADYNK
ENEROEL
FORMABLAST
FORMABOOST
FORMADVNE
FORMAGEL
GN-1
GAMMADYNE for carrying out trial manufacture and field
trials at the specified locations upto 31-3-81.
GODYNE
1ND0C0AL-1
INDOCOAL-1 (HD)
INDOCOAL-3
INDOGEL-210
INDOGEL-230
INDOMITE-60
INDOMITE-80
rtJDOMIX-135
INDOPRIME
KELVEX-100. KELVEX-200, KELVEX-500, KELVEX-700
and KELVEX-800 for carrying out trial manufacture
and
field trials at the specified locations
provisionally
upto
31-12-80.
KELVEX-90, KELVEX-210, KELVEX-220,
KELVEX-600,
KELVEX-650 and KELVEX-P for carrying out trial manu-
facture.
MARINEX-Gl
MARINEX-G2
MARINEX-G3
MAR1NEX-G5
MONODINE
MONOEX for carrying out field trials at specified locations
upto 31st March, 1981.
NAMONITE
NOBEL1TE
PE-l-AE for carrying out trial manufacture and Held trials
at specified locations upto 31st March, 1981
PE-51, PE-IAS and PE-3L for carrying out trial manufacture
and field trials at the specified locations upto 31-3-81.
PENTADYNE
PERMADYNE
PERMAFLO-1
PERMAFLO-3
POWEREX
POWERFLO-l
POWERFLO-2
POWERFLO-3
POWERTTE
POWERPLAST
PULVEREX for! carying out field trials at specified locations
upto 31st March, 1981.
SAFBLAST
SUPERDYNE
SUPERFLO
SUPERGEL
TOEBLAST
TOVEX-100 and
TOVEX-200
ZEETADYNE for carrying out trial manufacture and field
trials at the specified locations upto 31-3-81.
CLASS 3 — NITRO COMPOUND
Division r
AJAX 'G1
r ^ K V ^
GELATINE
DYNAMITE-81%
NITRO-
GLYCERINE (Korean Make)
826/30
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]
BALLISTTTE
BARBADYT N-55-Polish Make provisionally upto 12-5-1981
for use in undergiouDd Conl/Gassy Mine*
BELEX Gl
BLASTING GELATINE
CORDITE
CORDITE A
CORDITE AN
CORDrTE CD
CORDITE MD
CORDITE W
COSDITE WM
DYNAMITE IU-Begium Make
GELAMEX-B-U.K. Make
GELATINE
GELATINE DYNAMITb
GELIGNITE
GEOPHEX
GOMA 2E-C
GOMIA GELATINE 40%
GOMIA GELATINE 50%
HECTORITE
HYDROBEL
IMPROVED BALLISTITfc
ALPHAGEX and ALPHAPRUF
NITRONEX-80 (Polish Make)
NOBEL GLASGOW SHOTGUN POWDEk
NOBEL PARABELLUM POWDER
NOBEL RIMFIRE POWDER
OPENCAST GELIGNITE
PERMIGEX
PLASTER GELATINE
POLAR AJAX
POLAR AMMON GELATINE DYNAMITE
POLAR AMMON GELIGNITE
POLAR BLASTING GELATINE
POLAR VIKING
POLAR SPECIAL GELATINfc,
POWEX 80%
PRACHAND
PRACHAR, PRAGALPH & PRAKASH
SEISMEX
SEISMIC GELATINE 90%
SEISMIC GELATINE 80%
SE1SMOPAK
SOLIGEX
SOLIMAX for carrying out trial manufacture and field triali
at the specified locations upto 31-3-81
SPECIAL GELATINE
SUBMARINE BLASTING GELATINE
UN1FRAX
UNIGEX
UNIPRUF 'O"
UNISAX
UNISAX 'G'
VIKING 'G'
WELL BLAST GELATINE for carrying out trial manufnilwe
and field trials at specified location upto 31-3-81
Claw 3 NITRO COMPOUND
Division 2
AMMONAL
BLAMIX-B
GLADEX
CYCIXJTRIMETHYLENE-TRINITRAMINE
(RDX, Cy-
clonite, Hexagene)
DI-NITRO-PHENOL
E.G SPORTING POWDER
GUNCOTTON
NITRO-GOANIDINE
NOBEL RIFLE NEON1TE
NOBEL RIM NEONITE
PEK-1
PENTA-ERYTHRITOL-TETRAN1TRATE (PETN, Penth-
rite)
PENTOUTE BOOSTER
PICRIC ACID (Trinitro Phenolj
PICRIC POWDER
PLASTIC EXPLOSIVES
PRIMEX
RDX-TNT
SEISMEX PRIMER
SHEET EXPLOSIVES
SUPERMEX
TETRANITROMETHYLANILINE (C.E. Tctryl)
TONITE OR COTTON POWDER NO.l
TON1TE OR COTTON POWDER NO. 2
TONITE NO. 3
TRINITRO RESORCINOL (STYPHNIC ACID)
TRI-NITRO-TOLUENE (TNT, Trotyl)
CLASS 4-CHLORATE MIXTURE
Division 1
Nil
Division 2
NIL
CLASS 5-FULMINATE
Division I
FULMINATE OF MERCURY
Division 2
LEAD A2IDE
LEAD STYPHNATE (LEAD-TRI-NITRO-RESORCINATE)
CLASS 6-AMMUNITION
Division 1
ELECTRIC LIGHTERS FOR IGNITER CORD
IGNITER CORD CONNECTORS
NOBEL'S SAFETY ELECTRIC FUZES
SAFETY FUZE
Division 2
CARTRIDGES FOR SMALL ARMS OTHER
THAN
SAFETY CARTRIDGES
CORDEAU BICKFORD
CORDFLEX DETONATING FUSE
826/31
D. CORD I, D-CORD IT. D-CORD III and D-CORD IV
DETONATING FUZ.t
ELECTRIC FUZES
FUSE HEADS FOR ELECTRIC DETONATORS
FUSE IGNITERS
GEOCORD
GEOSHAPE
INSTANTANEOUS FUSE
MINERS' PORTFIRES
MULTT FUSE IGNITERS
NOBEL SHAPED CHARGE
PLASTIC IGNITER CORD
PLASTIC IGNITER WICK
OUICK MATCH
SAF-T-DETS
TESTEX FUSE HEADS-FUSE HEADS FOR ELECTRI
DETONATORS AND SAFETY ELECTRIC FUSES
TUBES FOR FIRING EXPLOSIVES
Division 3
"CARRIC" NON-INCENDIVE SHORT DELAY DET(
NATOR
CARTRIDGES FOR SMALL ARMS WHICH ARE NO
SAFETY
CARTRIDGES
COAL DELAY DETONATORS
DELAY DETONATORS RELAYS
DETONATORS
DETONATING RELAYS
DETONATING RELAYS-PTX
ELECTRIC BOOSTERS
ELECTRIC DETONATORS
ELECTRIC DELAY DETONATORS
ELECTRIC SHORT DELAY DETONATORS
FRICTION TUBES
HYDROSTAR ELECTRIC DETONATORS
METHANE MILLISECOND DELAY DETONATORSi
PERCUSSION PRIMERS
SEISMIC ELECTRIC DETONATORS
SUPER PLAIN DETONATORS (No. 8 StrerJght)
SUPER ELECTRIC DETONATORS (No. 8 Strength)
TUBES FOR FIRING EXPLOSIVES
•V TYPE DELAY DETONATORS (No. 8 strength)
CLASS 7-FIREWORKS
Divirion 1
FIREWORK COMPOSITION
NIL
Divijion 2
AEROPLANES also known as CHIDIAS OR FIRE-FLIES
containing gunpowder or nitrate mixture in a metal case
not exceeding 25 mm in diameter and 15 mm in letiRth
ALUMINIUM TORCHES
AMORCES in the form of caps of tape* for toy pistols con-
sisting of dots of explosive composition approved by fhe
Chief Controller and in proportion not exceeding
4.5
grams of composition to every 1000 dots.
BON-BON or CHIRSTMAS CRACKERS containing an ex-
plosive of such composition and in such quantity as may
be approved by the Chief Controller,
"CHINESE CRACKERS having paper shells of size not ex-
ceeding 75 mm in length and 15 mm in diameter
con-
taining gunpowder, nitrate mixture or an explosive com-
position approved by the Chief Controller.
COBRA EGGS OR PHARAOH'S SERPENT (WHITE)
•COLOURED SMOKES exclusively for out-door use
'CRACKERS commonly known as "Atom Bombs"
made
with gunpowder, nitrate mixture or an explosive
com-
position approved by the Chief Controller, wrapped Up
fn paper and tied round with string the wfoole not exceed-
ing 25 grams in weight, 40 mm ia length and 20 mm in
diameter or diagonal.
•CRACKERS commonly known as "Palm Leaf Crackers" or
"Basket Bombs" containing gunpowder, nitrate mixture
or an explosive composition approved by the Cheif Con-
troller and wrapped up in palm leaf or in paper into a
triangular shape.
DISTRESS SIGNAL ROCKETS
"FLOWER POTS or FOUNTAINS
HAND FLARES
"LANCES
MAGIC SERPENT
(BLACK)
MAGNESIUM TORCHES
AND PENCILS
MAROON containing an explosive composition and of such
construction, side and weight as may be approved by the
Chief Controller.
•ROCKET of size not exceeding 76 mm in length and 25.4
mm in diameter provided it is not in a metal case.
*R0MAN
CANDLE
*SHELLS provided they are fired from a substantial mortar
firmly buried below the ground level.
SOCKET DISTRESS SIGNALS
SOCKETS LIGHT
SIGNALS
SOCKET SOUND SIGNALS
•SPARKLERS
(including Electric Sparklers) each consis-
ting of a wire having affixed thereto a mixture of nitrate
of barium, aluminium powder, magnesium powder, iron
fillings, dextrin and gum, the total weight of composition
so fixed to each such wire not to exceed 22 gramme? pro-
vided that each such Sparkler shall be so constructed a«
not to allow any hot residue to become detached either
during or after combustion.
•SQUIBS made with gunpowder or nitrate mixture
VERY SIGNAL CARTRIDGES
•WHEELS
CLASS-R
LOX (Liquid Oxygen Explosives)
T h e Explosive composition shall not contain any chlorate.
FWNTBD BY THE MANAGER, GOVT. OF INDIA PRESS, RING ROAD, NEW DELHI-110064
AND PUBLISHED BY THE CONTROLLER OF PUBLICATIONS, DBLHI-110054, 1981